Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Shaw Communications, Inc.

Shaw Communications, Inc.

sjr-b · TSX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker sjr-b
Exchange TSX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Shaw Communications, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
1 

3  

65  

68 

69 

71  

Report to Shareholders

Management’s  
Discussion and Analysis

Shareholders’  
Information

Management’s  
Responsibility for  
Financial Statements    
and Report on Internal   
Control over  
Financial Reporting

Independent Auditors’  
Reports

Consolidated Financial   
Statements

124  

Corporate Information

The Annual General Meeting  
of Shareholders will be held  
on January 17, 2019 at 11:00 a.m.
(Mountain Time) at Shaw Court, 
630 – 3rd Avenue SW,  
Calgary, Alberta.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Fellow Shareholders:

We are pleased to report we made significant progress in 2018 towards our goal of delivering long-term and sustainable growth.

This past year, our consolidated financial results were in line with our expectations and demonstrated the emerging strength of
our Wireless operations and our focus on profitability and sustainable cost savings in our core Wireline business.

We are actively addressing the opportunities and challenges in our business by making bold changes to our operations. These
significant changes are not only helping us create better experiences for our customers, they are enabling a more agile approach
to all aspects of our business so we can unlock opportunities, drive growth, and deliver efficiencies.

Millions of Canadians now rely on Shaw for their wireless, data and broadband needs. We will continue to work to improve how
we serve them while we focus on driving growth and profitability across all of our divisions.

Wireless

Our Wireless operations have enabled a strategic and transformative shift that supports our long-term, sustainable growth
ambitions.

Our Wireless footprint now covers approximately 16 million people in some of Canada’s largest urban centres, or almost half of
the Canadian population. In fiscal 2019, we expect to expand to an additional population of 1.3 million, primarily in Western
Canada.

In fiscal 2018, we added over 255,000 Wireless subscribers and ended the year at over 1.4 million customers, a 22% increase
compared to a year earlier. The growth of Freedom Mobile’s subscriber base was complemented by strong financial performance
and higher average revenue per user (“ARPU”), reflecting the appeal of our differentiated value proposition. Our innovative Big
Gig data plans combined with the latest devices available in the market continue to attract higher lifetime value customers to
Freedom Mobile. In addition, our Wireless service is now even more accessible to Canadians through the addition, in 2018, of
240 locations with national retail partners, Loblaws and Walmart.

Supporting our Wireless sales are significant investments in our network and customer service capabilities. We are executing a
step-by-step plan to improve our network and deploy spectrum in the most efficient way. In fiscal 2018, we completed the
deployment of the 2500 MHz spectrum, refarmed 10 MHz of AWS-1 spectrum and, in October 2018, we launched our
Extended Range LTE in Calgary, Edmonton, Vancouver and Southwestern Ontario, leveraging 700 MHz spectrum to provide
customers with an enhanced experience, including improved indoor wireless reception. We have also recently introduced voice
over LTE (“VoLTE”) to a wide range of devices. Our network investments support continued growth in our Wireless business and
are potential building blocks for future technologies, such as 5G.

In fiscal 2019, we will continue to execute our Wireless operating plan to increase wireless market share and ARPU while also
exploring cross-selling opportunities with our Wireline customer base.

Wireline

As we look to fiscal 2019, we are focused on delivering stable Wireline results, including improved broadband growth through
more effective targeting and customer segmentation while also shifting our efforts in Video to optimize profitability.

Our team is modernizing all aspects of our operations as we work to better meet the needs of today’s customer. We are
leveraging insights from data to help us better understand customer preferences and provide them with the services they want.
We are shifting customer interactions to digital platforms and driving more self-install and self-service.

We are starting to see the results of these efforts as our teams begin to think and work differently to deliver a modern
connectivity experience anchored in broadband. As the key product in the customer’s home, our broadband service is a
significant and cost-effective competitive advantage. We have deployed DOCSIS 3.1 across our extensive wireline network to
give us the ability to potentially deliver gigabit speeds across virtually all of our cable footprint.

Our best-in-class partnerships enable us to leverage the latest technology and applications, including Comcast’s XB6 Advanced
WiFi modem – the heart of the Shaw connected home. In early 2019, we will enable additional internet protocol (“IP”) services
such as xFi and WiFi extenders that will differentiate our broadband service from the competition.

Report to Shareholders Shaw Communications Inc.

1

In addition, in 2019 we will begin deploying a full IPTV experience to our customers. With this service, we will reduce the
amount of equipment needed in the home and simplify the installation process – enhancing the ability of customers to self-
install.

Our Wireline Business division contributed solid results again in fiscal 2018, leveraging our SmartSuite products that deliver
enterprise-grade services to small and medium size businesses.

SmartSuite products are the foundation for growth in Shaw Business and we expect to continue increasing market share,
revenue and profitability, as we focus on delivering our services in targeted strategic verticals. Our SmartSuite products can
scale to larger businesses as well giving us opportunities to deliver services across Canada.

Building towards long-term growth

In reviewing fiscal 2018, we are pleased with our financial results and operational achievements. In fiscal 2019, we will
continue to build the key areas of our business that will drive growth and optimize for profitability the more mature areas. Our
network advantage provides flexibility to leverage future technologies, while offering customers more speed, more data and more
ways to connect. We are partnering with best-in-class technology leaders to embrace innovation, improve our processes and
deliver today with an eye on tomorrow. We are also making changes to our operations so that we can continue to streamline
processes, increase efficiency, and deliver long-term growth.

Transforming any established enterprise is not easy, but our foundation of almost 50 years of operations combined with the
leadership and dedication of our over 10,000 employees has given us confidence in our ability to succeed and modernize our
business for the future.

We are grateful to each of our employees for their meaningful and ongoing contributions to our future success. We know our
people are the source of everything that is great at Shaw and we are humbled by their commitment and excited by what we can
all accomplish together.

[Signed]

[Signed]

JR Shaw
Executive Chair

Bradley S. Shaw
Chief Executive Officer

2

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Management's
Discussion & Analysis

Contents

About our Business

Government Regulations & Regulatory Developments

Key Performance Drivers

Critical Accounting Policies & Estimates

Related Party Transactions

New Accounting Standards

Risk Management

Known Events, Trends, Risks & Uncertainties

Summary of Quarterly Results

Results of Operations

Segmented Operations Overview

Financial Position

Consolidated Cash Flow Analysis

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Additional Information

6

25

31

34

38

38

42

42

48

51

58

61

62

63

66

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

3

Forward

Tabular dollar amounts are in millions of Canadian dollars,
except per share amounts or unless otherwise indicated. This
Management’s Discussion and Analysis should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements. The
terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Shaw” and “the Company” refer to
Shaw Communications Inc. or, as applicable, Shaw
Communications Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries
as a group.

Caution Concerning Forward Looking
Statements

Statements included in this Management’s Discussion and
Analysis that are not historic constitute “forward-looking
statements” within the meaning of applicable securities laws.
They can generally be identified by words such as
“anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “plan”, “intend”, “target”,
“goal” and similar expressions (although not all forward-
looking statements contain such words). All of the forward-
looking statements made in this report are qualified by these
cautionary statements. Forward looking statements in this
Management’s Discussion and Analysis include, but are not
limited to statements relating to:

(cid:129) future capital expenditures;

(cid:129) proposed asset acquisitions and dispositions;

(cid:129) expected cost efficiencies;

(cid:129) financial guidance and expectations for future

performance;

(cid:129) business and technology strategies and measures to

implement strategies;

(cid:129) the Company’s equity investments, joint ventures and

partnership arrangements;

(cid:129) expected growth in subscribers and the services to which

they subscribe;

(cid:129) competitive strengths;

(cid:129) expected project schedules, regulatory timelines,

completion/in-service dates for the Company’s capital and
other projects;

(cid:129) expected number of retail outlets;

(cid:129) timing of new product and service launches;

(cid:129) expected number of customers using voice over LTE, or

VoLTE;

(cid:129) expected growth in subscribers and the products/services

to which they subscribe;

(cid:129) the cost of acquiring and retaining subscribers and

deployment of new services;

(cid:129) the restructuring charges (related primarily to severance
and employee related costs as well as additional costs
directly associated with the Company’s Total Business
Transformation (“TBT”) initiative) expected to be incurred
in connection with the TBT initiative;

(cid:129) the anticipated annual cost reductions related to the
Voluntary Departure Program (“VDP”) (including
reductions in operating and capital expenditures) and the
timing of realization thereof;

(cid:129) the impact that the employee exits will have on Shaw’s

business operations;

(cid:129) outcome of the TBT initiative, including the timing thereof

and the total savings at completion; and

(cid:129) expansion and growth of Shaw’s business and operations

and other goals and plans.

Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and
analyses made by the Company in light of its experience and
its perception of historical trends, current conditions and
expected future developments as well as other factors it
believes are appropriate in the circumstances as of the
current date. The Company’s management believes that its
assumptions and analysis in this Management’s Discussion
and Analysis are reasonable and that the expectations
reflected in the forward-looking statements contained herein
are also reasonable based on the information available on the
date such statements are made and the process used to
prepare the information. These assumptions, many of which
are confidential, include but are not limited to:

(cid:129) general economic conditions;

(cid:129) future interest rates;

(cid:129) previous performance being indicative of future

performance;

(cid:129) future income tax and exchange rates;

(cid:129) technology deployment;

(cid:129) subscriber growth;

(cid:129) short term incremental costs associated with growth in

Wireless handset sales;

(cid:129) the deployment of: (i) network infrastructure to improve

capacity and coverage and (ii) new technologies, including
next generation wireless and wireline technologies such as
5G and IPTV, respectively;

(cid:129) pricing, usage, and churn rates;

(cid:129) availability of devices;

(cid:129) content and equipment costs;

4

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

(cid:129) completion of proposed transactions;

(cid:129) industry structure, conditions and stability;

(cid:129) government regulation;

(cid:129) the TBT initiative being completed in a timely and cost-

effective manner yielding the expected results and benefits,
including: (i) resulting in a leaner, more integrated and agile
company with improved efficiencies and execution to better
meet Shaw’s consumers’ needs and expectations (including
the products and services offered to its customers) and
(ii) realizing the expected cost reductions;

(cid:129) the Company being able to complete the employee exits
pursuant to the VDP with minimal impact on business
operations within the anticipated timeframes and for the
budgeted amount;

(cid:129) the cost estimates for any outsourcing requirements and

new roles in connection with the VDP;

(cid:129) the Company can gain access to sufficient retail

distribution channels;

(cid:129) the Company can access the spectrum resources required

to execute on its current and long-term strategic
initiatives; and

(cid:129) the integration of acquisitions.

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements. Many factors, including those not within the
Company’s control, may cause the Company’s actual results to
be materially different from the views expressed or implied by
such forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to:

(cid:129) changes in general economic, market and business

conditions;

(cid:129) changing interest rates, income taxes, and exchange rates;

(cid:129) changes in the competitive environment in the markets in
which the Company operates and from the development of
new markets for emerging technologies;

(cid:129) changing industry trends, technological developments, and

other changing conditions in the entertainment,
information and communications industries;

(cid:129) changes in the value of the Company’s equity investments,

joint ventures and partnership arrangements;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to execute its strategic plans and

complete its capital and other projects by the completion
date;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to grow subscribers;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to close key transactions;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to have the spectrum resources

required to execute on its current and long-term strategic
initiatives;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to gain sufficient access to retail

distribution channels;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to achieve cost efficiencies;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to implement the TBT initiative as
planned and realize the anticipated benefits therefrom,
including: (i) the failure of the TBT to result in a leaner,
more integrated and agile company with improved
efficiencies and execution to better meet Shaw’s
consumers’ needs and expectations (including the
products and services offered to its customers) and (ii) the
failure to realize the expected cost reductions;

(cid:129) the Company’s failure to complete employee exits

pursuant to the VDP with minimal impact on operations;

(cid:129) technology, privacy, cyber security and reputational risks;

(cid:129) opportunities that may be presented to and pursued by the

Company;

(cid:129) changes in laws, regulations and decisions by regulators

that affect the Company or the markets in which it
operates;

(cid:129) the Company’s status as a holding company with separate

operating subsidiaries; and

(cid:129) other factors described in this report under the heading

“Known events, trends, risks and uncertainties”.

The foregoing is not an exhaustive list of all possible factors.
Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should
assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements prove
incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those
described herein.

The Company provides certain financial guidance for future
performance as the Company believes that certain investors,
analysts and others utilize this and other forward-looking
information in order to assess the Company’s expected
operational and financial performance and as an indicator of
its ability to service debt and pay dividends to shareholders.
The Company’s financial guidance may not be appropriate for
this or other purposes.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on
which it was originally made and, except as required by law. The
Company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to
disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking
statement to reflect any change in related assumptions, events,
conditions or circumstances. All forward-looking statements
contained in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis are
expressly qualified by this statement.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

5

ABOUT OUR BUSINESS

At Shaw, we are focused on delivering long-term growth and connecting customers to

the world through a best-in-class seamless connectivity experience. In fiscal 2018, we

took purposeful strides to evolve Shaw’s value proposition of providing leading and

innovative products and services, driving operational momentum and enhancing our

customers’ connectivity experience.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2018, we implemented the previously announced changes to the structure of our operating divisions
to improve overall efficiency while enhancing our ability to grow as a leading Canadian connectivity company. Our previously
existing Consumer and Business Network Services divisions were combined to form a new Wireline division with no changes to
the existing Wireless division.

Wireline

Shaw is one of the largest providers 
of residential communication 
services in Canada

Our Consumer division connects 
families in British Columbia, Alberta, 
Saskatchewan, Manitoba and 
Northern Ontario through our 
hybrid fibre-coax network

Shaw Direct is one of two licensed 
satellite Video services available 
across Canada

Our Business division leverages the 
same network infrastructure as 
Consumer with a product suite 
targeting small and medium-sized
businesses

Consumer

Wireless

Business 

Wireless

Freedom Mobile currently operates
in Ontario, Alberta and British
Columbia.

Approximately 16 million Canadians
reside within our current mobile
wireless network service area

In the following sections we provide select financial highlights and additional details with respect to our strategy, our Wireline
and Wireless divisions, our network and our presence in the communities in which we operate.

Shaw is traded on the Toronto and New York stock exchanges and is included in the S&P/TSX 60 Index (Trading Symbols:
TSX – SJR.B, SJR.PR.A, SJR.PR.B, NYSE – SJR, and TSXV –SJR.A). For more information, please visit www.shaw.ca.

6

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Select Financial and Operational Highlights

Through an evolving operating and competitive landscape our
consolidated business has delivered stable and profitable
results in fiscal 2018.

operation with the Company’s Business segment, to
Omnitracs Canada. The Company determined that the assets
and liabilities of the Shaw Tracking business met the criteria
to be classified as a disposal group held for sale for the
period ended August 31, 2017.

Basisofpresentation

On April 1, 2016, Shaw sold 100% of its wholly owned
subsidiary Shaw Media Inc. (“Shaw Media”) to Corus
Entertainment Inc (“Corus”).

On August 1, 2017, the Company sold 100% of its wholly
owned subsidiary ViaWest, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(collectively, “ViaWest”), previously reported under the
Business Infrastructure Services division, to Peak 10 Holding
Corporation (“Peak 10”).

On September 15, 2017, the Company sold a group of assets
comprising the operations of Shaw Tracking, a fleet tracking

Accordingly, the operating results and operating cash flows
for the previously reported Business Infrastructure Services
division, Shaw Tracking business (an operating segment
within the Business division) and Media division are
presented as discontinued operations separate from the
Company’s continuing operations. The Business Infrastructure
Services division was comprised primarily of ViaWest. The
remaining operations of the previously reported Business
Infrastructure Services segment and their results are now
included within the Business segment. This Management’s
Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) reflects the results of
continuing operations, unless otherwise noted.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

7

2018 Total Revenue

2018 Operating Income Before Restructuring
Costs and Amortization

)

M
$
(
e
u
n
e
v
e
R

 6,000

 5,000

 4,000

 3,000

 2,000

 1,000

 -

$5.2 BILLION

18%  Wireless

71%  Wireline - Consumer

11%  Wireline - Business

$2.1 BILLION

8%  Wireless

92%  Wireline

2016

2017

2018

Consumer Business Wireless

 2,250

 2,000

 1,750

1,500

 1,250

 1,000

750

500

2016

2017

2018

Wireline Wireless

Year ended August 31,

(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)

2018

2017

2016

Change

2018
%

2017
%

Operations:
Revenue
Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization(1)
Operating margin(1)
Net income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(2)(3)
Net income
Per share data:

Basic earnings per share
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Weighted average participating shares outstanding during period (millions)
Funds flow from continuing operations(4)
Free cash flow(1)

5,239 4,882 4,518
2,089 1,997 1,978

7.3
4.6
39.9% 40.9% 43.8% (1.0pts)
487
(88.2)
753 >(100.0)
(92.9)

557
294
851 1,240

66
(6)
60

8.1
1.0
(2.9pts)
14.4
(61.0)
(31.4)

0.11
(0.01)

1.12
0.60

0.99
1.52

0.10

1.72

2.51

0.11
(0.01)

1.11
0.60

0.99
1.52

0.10

1.71

2.51

502

491
480
1,259 1,530 1,388
482
438

411

(17.7)
(6.2)

10.2
(9.1)

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.
(2) As of the date ViaWest met the criteria to be classified as held for sale, the Company ceased amortization of non-current
assets of the division, including property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other. Amortization that would otherwise
have been taken in the period ended August 31, 2017, before tax, amounted to $16.

(3) As of the date the Media division met the criteria to be classified as held for sale and for the period up to the transaction
closing date of April 1, 2016, the Company ceased amortization of non-current assets of the division, including program
rights, property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other. Amortization that would otherwise have been taken in the
period ended August 31, 2016, before tax, amounted to $35 for program rights and $6 for property, plant and equipment,
intangibles and other, respectively.

(4) Funds flow from operations is before changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations as presented in the

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

8

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

 
Subscriber highlights:

Wireline – Consumer

Wireline – Business

Wireless

37%  Internet

31%  Video – Cable

15%  Video – Satellite

17%  Phone

28%  Internet

8%  Video – Cable

6%  Video – Satellite

58%  Phone

73%  Postpaid

27%  Prepaid

Subscriber highlights:

Wireline – Consumer

Video – Cable
Video – Satellite
Internet
Phone

Total Consumer

Wireline – Business
Video – Cable
Video – Satellite
Internet
Phone

Total Business

Total Wireline

Wireless

Postpaid
Prepaid

Total Wireless

Total Subscribers

August 31,
2018

August 31,
2017

Change

750,403

1,585,232 1,671,277
773,542
1,876,944 1,861,009
925,531

853,847

(86,045)
(23,139)
15,935
(71,684)

5,066,426 5,231,359 (164,933)

49,606
34,831
172,859
354,912

51,039
31,535
170,644
327,199

(1,433)
3,296
2,215
27,713

612,208

580,417

31,791

5,678,634 5,811,776 (133,142)

1,029,720
373,138

764,091
383,082

265,629
(9,944)

1,402,858 1,147,173

255,685

7,081,492 6,958,949

122,543

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

9

Our Strategy
At Shaw, we are focused on delivering long-term and
sustainable growth by connecting customers to the world
through a best-in-class seamless connectivity experience by
leveraging our world class converged network. In fiscal 2018,
we concentrated on operational efficiency and executing on
our strategic priorities through delivery of an exceptional
customer experience.

Fiscal 2018 was an exciting year for our Wireless business. In a
short amount of time, we have created a stronger, high quality
network and are delivering an improved customer experience.
Investment in our Wireless network continues to be a top priority
and throughout the year, we completed the roll out of the
2500 MHz spectrum (in high traffic sites in the greater Toronto
area (“GTA”), Calgary, Edmonton and Vancouver) and
commenced the deployment of the 700 MHz spectrum later in
the year which is expected to continue throughout fiscal 2019.
These network and spectrum improvements supported the
launch of our Big Gig data plans, expanded handset lineup
(which now includes iPhone) and two new national retail
agreements to further develop our distribution network. The
execution of our operating strategy drove significant subscriber
and average revenue per user (“ARPU”) growth in the year.
Since the acquisition of Freedom Mobile in 2016, we have
added approximately half a million subscribers which is a true
testament to Freedom Mobile delivering a differentiated and
sustainable value proposition to customers.

In our Wireline division, as part of our operating strategy, we
continue to leverage our broadband advantage by introducing

new services to our residential and business customers that
are aligned with our focus on profitable growth and stability.
Through the introduction of Total Business Transformation
(“TBT”) and the related Voluntary Departure Program (“VDP”)
in fiscal 2018, we began the work to shift customer
interactions to digital platforms, deploy self-help and self-
install programs and streamline the operations that build and
service our network. As part of this multi-year journey, we will
continue to build and transition into a new digital operating
service model, improving the customer experience while
significantly reducing costs in the Wireline division.

In addition to strengthening the long-term strategic
positioning of the Company over the last several fiscal years,
we have a strong balance sheet that is supportive of the level
of investment required for long-term growth while remaining
committed to an investment grade credit rating and long-term
free cash flow growth.

Total Business Transformation

In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, we introduced TBT, a
multi-year initiative designed to reinvent Shaw’s operating
model to better meet the evolving needs and expectations of
our consumers and businesses by optimizing the use of
resources, maintaining and ultimately improving customer
service, and by reducing staff. The three key elements of TBT
are to: 1) shift customer interactions to digital platforms;
2) drive more self-install and self-serve; and, 3) streamline
the operations that build and service our networks. As part of

10

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

the TBT initiative, we also plan to reduce input costs,
consolidate functions, and streamline processes, which is
expected to create operational improvements across the
business allowing us to evolve into a more efficient
organization.

As a first step in the TBT, a voluntary departure package (the
“VDP package”), was offered to approximately 6,500 eligible
employees representing approximately 50% of our total
workforce. The outcome of the VDP had approximately 3,300
employees or 25% of our total workforce accepting the VDP
package. Related to the VDP, approximately 1,300 employees
departed the Company in fiscal 2018. The anticipated
annualized savings, which include reductions in operating
expenses and capital expenditures (i.e. labour costs that can
be identified or associated with a capital project), related to
the VDP, are expected to be approximately $215 million and
will be fully realized in fiscal 2020. Shaw expects these cost
reductions to be weighted 60% to operating expenses, being
approximately $130 million, and 40% to capital
expenditures, being approximately $85 million. VDP related
cost reductions in fiscal 2018 totaled $47 million, of which
$39 million were attributed to operating expenses and
$8 million attributed to capital expenditures.

In connection with the VDP and various other TBT activities,
the Company has incurred a total restructuring charge of
$446 million in fiscal 2018, primarily related to severance
and other employee related costs, as well as additional costs
directly associated with the TBT initiative. While the
restructuring charge has been recognized in fiscal 2018, the
actual timing of employee exits will take place over a
24-month period and payments to employees will occur over
a 34-month period, commencing on March 29, 2018 due to
the ability of the eligible employees to defer VDP payments
until the first day of the next calendar year following their
departure. We expect that total restructuring charges will not
exceed $450 million as the restructuring activities related to
the TBT initiative have been substantially completed. See
also “Other Income and Expense Items”, “Caution
Concerning Forward Looking Statements” and “Risks and
Uncertainties” for a discussion of the TBT, the VDP and the
risks and assumptions associated therewith.

Culture and People

As we repositioned ourselves as a leading Canadian
connectivity company, we began evolving our culture to enable
us to deliver on this corporate and operational strategy.
Building off a strong foundation of leadership discipline and
our core values, Shaw’s culture enables our efficiency and
growth potential by ensuring business decisions are made in
accordance with a customer-centric perspective.

At Shaw, we believe success and strength stems from our
people first approach. Our people are the source of everything
that is great at Shaw.

Through various data sources, as well as listening to our
employees through our recurring PeoplePulse surveys, we
continue to focus on the following four cultural imperatives to
help achieve our people and culture objectives:

1)

2)

3)

Leading Effectively – elevating our collective ability to
deliver growth as we foster a culture of empowerment
and continuous improvement with a focus on
developing effective leaders at every level of the
Company to deliver extraordinary business results by
bringing out the best in our people

Enabling Work – simplifying how work gets done and
providing our people with modern tools, processes and
technologies that are simple and efficient, making it
faster for leaders and employees to do their jobs
effectively

Enhancing the Employee Experience – commitment to
investing in our employees, supporting career and
personal growth through skill and capability
development and creating new ways of working and
learning in order to enable employees to perform better
in their current roles and prepare them for future roles
by removing barriers and responding faster

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

11

This approach allows us to leverage our current assets where
we have strength and expertise, while also ensuring our
capital investments are aligned with industry leaders to
support the development, maintenance and advancement of
new technology where it is impractical for us to do so on a
standalone basis. This allows us to direct our capital
resources and further our commitment to continue the
advances in innovation, performance and reliability of our
products and services. In addition, this strategic approach to
our business gives us the opportunity to better manage costs
by participating in purchasing opportunities on a global scale.

We have solidified a series of significant relationships this
year with global leaders on the following initiatives:

(cid:129) our continued Shaw BlueSky TV rollout powered by the
X1 Video platform and launch of our first DOCSIS 3.1
advanced Wi-Fi modem (XB6), both of which are
developed by Comcast (see discussion under “Consumer”)

(cid:129) the deployment of Freedom Mobile’s LTE-Advanced

network, which was designed, planned and deployed by
NOKIA, a global leader in mobile wireless technology and
solutions (see discussion under “Wireless”)

(cid:129) our “Smart” suite of business services that includes
SmartWiFi, SmartSecurity and SmartSurveillance, in
collaboration with Cisco’s Meraki and SmartVoice, in
collaboration with Broadsoft (see discussion under
“Business”)

4)

Maximizing Performance – evolving performance
philosophy and assessment approach, implementing
reward and recognition programs that drive a culture of
accountability and reward performance excellence for
all employees

Inspiring and engaging our diverse employee base from across
Canada to align with our strategy is the cornerstone of our
success. Our employees are committed to delivering an
exceptional seamless connectivity experience for our
customers and the communities we serve.

Our World-Class Converged Network

As our customers spend more of their time in the digital
environment, they increasingly need and expect an always-on,
seamless connectivity experience, which requires multiple
integrated technological platforms. With our unique hybrid
fibre-coax (“HFC”), Wi-Fi and LTE-Advanced networks, we
have the opportunity to continue to innovate in response to
changing consumer needs and technological developments.
The world of connectivity will change in the coming years as
wireline broadband technologies develop, standards for 5G
are set and wireless and wireline platforms converge.
Following the acquisition of Freedom Mobile in 2016, we
initiated the work to integrate our wireline and wireless
networks which have already started to yield capital
expenditure synergies and customer benefits.

Global Technology Leaders

In order to efficiently secure and deliver leading technology for
our customers – both for today and tomorrow – we recognize
that we must participate in global scale initiatives through
partnerships with best-in-class service providers. This ensures
that the technology we adopt and invest in is, and continues to
be, leading-edge in the global communications industry.

Wired Home
Connectivity

Hybrid Fibre-coax
Network

WiFi Mobile
Connectivity

Wireless
Connectivity

WiFi Network

Wireless Network

12

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

WIRELESS

Our Wireless division, through Freedom Mobile, provides
wireless voice and data services through an expanding
and improving wireless network infrastructure

WIRELINE - CONSUMER

Our Wireline - Consumer division connects consumers in
their homes and on the go with broadband Internet, Shaw
Go WiFi, video (including BlueSky TV) and traditional home
phone services

WIRELINE - BUSINESS

Our Wireline - Business division provides
business customers with a full suite of connectivity
and managed services, including Internet, data, WiFi
and phone, which enables them to focus on building
their business

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

13

WIRELESS

2018 Wireless Revenue

2017 Wireless Revenue

$951 MILLION

63%  Service

37%  Equipment
and other

(millions of Canadian dollars)

Service

Equipment and other

Wireless revenue

Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization (1)

$605 MILLION

80%  Service

20%  Equipment
and other

2018

2017

$ Increase

$

Increase (2)

595

23%

356 189%

951

176

57%

32%

482

123

605

133

116%

116%

116%

125%

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.
(2) On March 1, 2016, Shaw acquired Mid-Bowline Group Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Freedom Mobile (formerly,
WIND Mobile). Revenue and operating income before restructuring costs and amortization in fiscal 2016 is for the period
from March 1, 2016 to August 31, 2016.

Our Wireless division was formed following the acquisition
of Freedom Mobile in March 2016. This acquisition
transformed Shaw into a leading Canadian connectivity
company, adding the critical wireless component to our

converged network. Our Wireless division currently operates
in Ontario, Alberta and British Columbia, offering the leading
alternative for mobile services to the three national wireless
incumbent carriers.

14

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

LaunchofBigGigPlans

In October 2017, Freedom Mobile, by leveraging its newly
built AWS-3 LTE-Advanced Network, launched the Big Gig
data plans, targeting a data-centric customer with 10 GB of
data for only $50 per month – unlike any other plan offered
in Canada at that time. Paired with the most popular
devices, the Big Gig plans and ongoing improvements in
the strength and capacity of our network is part of our
commitment to giving Canadians a better option when
choosing a wireless service provider.

DistributionNetwork

In fiscal 2017, our distribution network included over
300 branded stores and kiosks, which were owned by
Freedom Mobile or independent dealers. Most of our sales
have been made through these physical outlets. During
2018, we continued to expand our retail network by entering
into distribution agreements with Loblaws and Walmart.
Freedom Mobile products and services are currently being
distributed in approximately 100 Loblaws’ “The Mobile
Shop” locations and approximately 140 Walmart locations
throughout Ontario, Alberta and British Columbia. When
combined with our existing corporate and dealer store
network, we remain on track to have approximately 600
retail distribution locations operational in early fiscal 2019.
In fiscal 2018, we also introduced a new format to our
corporate stores which will continue to roll out and expand
into new markets in 2019. These retail distribution growth
initiatives will substantially improve the accessibility of
Freedom Mobile’s Wireless products and services which is
expected to help close our historical retail distribution gap
with other wireless providers in the markets we serve.

While online sales comprised a relatively small portion of
Freedom Mobile’s sales in fiscal 2018, we continue to

Fiscal 2018 Highlights

improve Freedom Mobile’s digital sales platform and
initiatives which are expected to increase on-line sales.

HandsetAvailability

In December 2017, we began selling Apple iPhone products
compatible with our AWS-3 LTE network. Freedom Mobile
customers can either bring their own device to the network
or participate in one of Freedom Mobile’s discretionary
wireless handset discount plans – MyTab and MyTab Boost.
MyTab allows Freedom Mobile customers to pay a
discounted price for a handset upfront with no
predetermined monthly incremental charge. MyTab Boost
allows Freedom Mobile customers to receive a further
reduction on the upfront payment for a handset which could
be as low as $0 if they pay a predetermined incremental
amount on a monthly basis.

As more carriers adopted the AWS-3 LTE network technology
in fiscal 2018, many iconic devices in high consumer
demand including the Apple 8, 8+, X, XR, XS, XS+,
Samsung S8, S9, and Note 9 became compatible with
Freedom Mobile’s AWS-3 LTE network. With T-Mobile,
AT&T, and Verizon all using AWS-3 spectrum, we expect the
handset ecosystem will continue to produce broader handset
options.

NetworkUpgrades

In October 2017, we announced another significant step
forward as we began deploying Freedom Mobile’s recently
acquired 2500 MHz spectrum and refarming a portion of our
AWS-1 spectrum to enhance customers’ access to LTE data
speeds. The refarming of 10 MHz of AWS-1 spectrum has
made it easier for Canadians to bring their own devices to
Freedom Mobile and enjoy the full benefit of our
LTE-Advanced network where previously they had 3G service.

Q1F18Q1F18

Q2F18
Q2F18

Q3F18
Q3F18

Q4F18
Q4F18

Post Q4F18
PostQ4F18

Distribution

Network

Product

AWS-1 spectrum refarm
and 2500 MHz spectrum
deployment complete in
Vancouver, Calgary, and
Edmonton

AWS-1 spectrum refarm
and 2500 MHz spectrum
deployment complete in
Greater Toronto Area

The Mobile Shop

~100 locations

Walmart

~140 locations

VoLTE

700 MHz
Deployment

Launch of Big Binge
100 GB Bonus Data

Launch of
Big Gig plans

iPhone available

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

15

In fiscal 2018, we successfully upgraded and deployed
2500 MHz in high traffic sites in the GTA, Calgary,
Edmonton and Vancouver. This step, along with completion
of the re-farming of 10 MHz of our existing AWS-1 spectrum
to LTE in the second quarter of fiscal 2018, resulted in a
large majority of our existing customers migrating from 3G to
LTE service using their existing devices. This transition has
shifted our data traffic from 92% on a 3G service to the
current 80% on our LTE network, which now offers LTE
service across three spectrum bands – AWS-1, AWS-3 and
2500 MHz. As a result, service has significantly improved
for customers that were migrated from 3G to our AWS-1 and
2500 MHz LTE network as well as for our remaining 3G
customers.

We are currently focused on rolling out our 700 MHz
spectrum, which will continue throughout fiscal 2019 and
once fully deployed, will enable our Wireless customers with
compatible devices to receive an improved service
experience, particularly in dense urban areas. In the third
quarter of fiscal 2018, we began deploying the 700 MHz
spectrum in key cell site locations in the GTA, Calgary,
Edmonton, and Vancouver. (see “Shaw’s Wireless Network”).

5GTechnicalTrials

In May 2018, we announced the successful completion of
our first 5G technical trials in Calgary. Conducted in
collaboration with Nokia, CableLabs and Rohde & Schwarz,
our trials leveraged 28 GHz mmWave and 3.5GHz spectrum
and demonstrated the significant and sustained speeds for
the next generation of wireless technology. The 5G trials
were conducted using pre-commercial equipment at Shaw’s
Barlow Campus Technology Centre in Calgary and leveraged
developmental 28GHz licenses provided by Innovation,
Science and Economic Development (“ISED”). As part of
this trial, we also conducted comparative testing between
28GHz and 3.5GHz spectrum to better understand the

interoperability between two of the bands considered vital to
the growth and proliferation of 5G. We will continue to
conduct technical trials in fiscal 2019 to test the 5G
ecosystem as part of our larger commitment to improving
performance across our LTE-Advanced network.

While the distribution and network improvements that we
have implemented continue to provide significant benefits to
customers today, we are also making decisions that reflect
our long-term view regarding new technologies that are on
the horizon. In 2018, the government announced
consultations to release certain spectrum bands that will
support 5G wireless network deployment. This exciting step
provides further visibility into the deployment of 5G where
our Wireline and Wireless networks are very well positioned.
We are pleased that our initial trials have been a success
and, through our partnerships with best-in-class industry
leaders, we will work to better understand the strengths and
capabilities of 5G while continuing to invest in our network
to offer Canadians a new era of strong and sustainable
competition for the next generation of wireless technologies.

SubscriberandARPUGrowth
Approximately 16 million Canadians reside within our
current mobile wireless network service area. Our Wireless
division’s customer base is growing, with over 1.4 million
customers, including over 255,000 net new customers
added in fiscal 2018. The growth of Freedom Mobile’s
subscriber base was complemented, on an annual basis, by
ARPU improvement of 6.1% to $39.26 over fiscal 2017,
reflecting the appeal of our differentiated value proposition.
Since acquiring the Wireless business in the spring of 2016,
we have made significant investments and improvements to
our network and our service. We are excited by the
tremendous growth potential of the Wireless business, and,
as shown by our results this year, we are committed to
delivering a strong and competitive wireless alternative that
will benefit all Canadians.

Edmonton

Vancouver

Calgary

Ottawa

Toronto

Our Wireless operating footprint covers ~16 million people
or almost 50% of the Canadian population(1)

(1) Assumes Canadian population of 35 million (https://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/12-581-x/2017000/pop-eng.htm)

16

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

WIRELINE

2018 Wireline Revenue

2017 Wireline Revenue

$4.3 BILLION

87% Consumer

13% Business

(millions of Canadian dollars)

Consumer

Business

Wireline revenue

Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization (1)

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.

We are transforming our Wireline business to enable an
agile, digital-first company that will continue to meet the
needs of our customers. In fiscal 2018, we introduced a
significant amount of change that resulted in a leaner
organization and a management team with clear
accountabilities, direction and targets as we head into the

$4.3 BILLION

88% Consumer

12% Business

2018

2017

Increase /
(Decrease)

$

Increase /
(Decrease)

$

3,725

(0.6)%

3,747

(0.1)%

567

6.4%

533

3.5%

4,292

0.3%

4,280

0.3%

1,913

2.6%

1,864

(2.9)%

new fiscal year. We will remain focused on delivering
profitable growth and stabilizing our Consumer results by
improving on our execution, leading with strong broadband
services and optimizing our Video packages.

Our brand promise to our customers is that, with Shaw,
“they won’t miss a thing”.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

17

Our Consumer division provides residential customers with
leading connectivity experiences on two platforms.
Š Wireline Services – we provide broadband Internet, Shaw
Go WiFi, Video and Phone services to customers that are
connected to our local and regional hybrid-fibre coaxial
(“HFC”) network in British Columbia, Alberta,
Saskatchewan, Manitoba and Northern Ontario

Š Satellite Services – we provide Video by satellite to

customers across Canada

WirelineInternet,VideoandPhoneServices

Shaw is one of the largest providers of residential
communications services in Canada. Our Consumer division
connects families in British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan,
Manitoba and Northern Ontario through our HFC network with
broadband Internet, Shaw Go WiFi, Video and Phone services
to meet their needs at home and on the go.

As our customers’ needs evolve, we continue to focus on
innovative value-added service offerings. Our customer-
centric strategy is designed to deliver a quality customer
service experience, value and choice for our customers.

Internet

As a leading Canadian connectivity company, we believe that
the Internet plays a fundamental role in connecting our
customers to the world and everything in it. We recognize
the importance of providing reliable, affordable and worry-
free connectivity to meet the ever-increasing appetite of our
customers for discovery, social connectivity and streaming.

Building on the success of our WideOpen Internet 150
offering, in July 2018, we introduced Internet 300 –
doubling our fastest residential speed with Unlimited Data –
which is available across virtually all of our cable footprint.
Canadian homes are now equipped with more devices today
than ever before. Internet 300 with Unlimited Data allows
our customers to stream, game, make video calls and surf
the web all at the same time, with improved buffering time
and without incurring additional data charges.

We continue to focus on our 2-year Value Plans, which gives
customers price certainty and is expected to increase
retention. Our full Internet line-up, which now ranges from
Internet 15 to Internet 300, gives our customers that live
within our cable footprint choice, value, and reliable
connectivity. In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, we
launched our first DOCSIS 3.1 advanced Wi-Fi modem
(XB6), powered by Comcast, which enables faster internet
speeds, supports more devices and ensures a stronger in-
home internet connection.

In addition to our reliable service, a key value-added
differentiator for Shaw Internet customers is access to our
carrier-grade Shaw Go WiFi network, which continues to
show growth in the number of devices connecting to our
network. Over 3.3 million devices have authenticated on our
Shaw Go WiFi network and there are over 100,000 access
points used by our customers in coffee shops, restaurants,
gyms, malls, public transit and other public spaces covering
locations from British Columbia to Ontario.

18

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

In fiscal 2018, Shaw in partnership with the City of
Vancouver, continued to expand the #VanWiFi public
network making it one of the largest free public Wi-Fi
networks in North America. In total, those who live, work and
visit Vancouver have access to free public Wi-Fi at over 600
locations throughout the city.

Video
Our wireline Video services continue to offer a wide selection
of standard definition (“SD”) and high definition (“HD”)
television channels with access to one of Western Canada’s
largest selection of on-demand titles, including access to
both free and paid movies, television shows and music
content.

Our Video customers can choose from a selection of primary
packages and can add additional channels from a variety of
sports, family and other theme specialty packages, as well as
a number of individual channels offered on a
channel-by-channel basis. Customers can customize their
channel lineups by selecting preferred theme pack
subscriptions or can default to our suggested theme packs
for each service level. Customers can also add extra theme
packs, individual channels and premium services to round
out their viewing experience.

Our flagship Video offering is the Comcast Xfinity-based
Video service, which is branded as Shaw BlueSky TV.
BlueSky TV is available across our cable footprint and
features a voice-powered remote, enhanced search
capabilities, custom recommendations, personalized
experiences and parental guidance and controls.

Since its launch, we have continued to add to the BlueSky
experience with additional features and integrations. In
September 2017, we introduced the integration of Netflix
into BlueSky TV’s interface, a significant milestone in our
BlueSky TV Video roadmap. In June 2018, we introduced
the integration of YouTube and YouTube Kids apps into the
intuitive BlueSky TV platform. Early in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2018, we launched our first 4K ready set top box
which provides access to Netflix 4K content for customers
that subscribe to Netflix 4K. Users can now stream videos
and keep up with livestreams from the comfort of their
couches in a whole new way – revamping the TV, Netflix and
YouTube experience. These integrations mark a significant
improvement in a customers’ content search experience – a
single voice search command now returns content available
for viewing from live TV, Video On Demand, YouTube and
Netflix (where subscribed) – it’s all in one place.

Our Video customers also have access to the X1 based
“FreeRange TV” which is free for Shaw TV customers. The
app makes available, over the Internet and mobile devices, a
large library of content, including current TV shows, movies,
sports, and shows for kids. Free Range TV was also
enhanced to offer download-to-go movies on a number of
channels which enables our customers to travel with the
video experience they enjoy at home.

Phone

Our Phone service offers a full-featured residential digital
telephone service through our wireline network as a
complement to our broadband Internet and Video services.

SatelliteServices

Shaw Direct connects families across Canada with Video and
audio programming by satellite. Shaw Direct customers have
access to over 550 digital video channels (including over
250 HD channels) and over 10,000 on-demand,
pay-per-view and subscription movie and television titles.

Similar to our wireline Video service, our satellite customers
can select a primary TV package that includes a set number
of base channels plus a selection of add-on channels. Shaw
customers can further customize their TV packages by
adding additional theme packs, premium packages and
individual channels.

Shaw Direct is one of two licensed satellite Video services
currently available across Canada. While Shaw Direct has
many customers in urban centres, market penetration for
satellite video is generally stronger in rural areas. The service
is marketed through Shaw Direct and a nation-wide
distribution network of third party retailers.

We are committed to securing and delivering leading
technology for our customers. Currently, we have access to
three satellites that will enable us to enhance our offerings
with nearly all HD programming and improved service
quality. Our plan to move all Video services from MPEG-2 to
MPEG-4 to improve the operational efficiencies of Shaw’s
transponders in three phases is progressing and on schedule.
We expect to be 100% MPEG-4 by the fall of 2019, and to
be able to offer all carried and available English and French
services in HD by early 2020. The efficiencies gained from
the conversion from MPEG-2 to MPEG-4 allowed Shaw
Direct to launch a total of 31 new HD channels in
fiscal 2018.

A listing of our satellite capacity is provided below.

Shaw Satellite Transponders

Transponders

Interest

Anik G1

Anik F2 (1)

Anik F1R

16 xKu-band

16 Ku-band
6 Ku-band

28 Ku-band
1 C-band

Nature of
Satellite

Leased

Owned
Leased

Leased
Leased

(1) On September 15, 2017, the Company sold a group of assets
comprising the operations of Shaw Tracking, a fleet tracking
operation, to Omnitracs Canada. As part of the transaction, the
leases to access the Anik F2 2 Ku-band (partial) and the Intelsat
Galaxy 16 1 Ku-band (partial) were assigned to Omnitracs
Canada.

While financial results for the Consumer division are
generally not subject to significant seasonal fluctuations,
subscriber activity may fluctuate from one quarter to
another. Subscriber activity may also be affected by
competition and Shaw’s promotional activity. Further,
satellite subscriber activity is modestly higher around the
summer time when more subscribers have second homes in
use. Our Consumer Video business does not depend on any
single customer or concentration of customers.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

19

BUSINESS

Shaw Business provides connectivity solutions to business
customers of all sizes, from home offices to medium and
large-scale enterprises, leveraging our business grade HFC
and fibre-to-the-premise (“FTTP”) network. Through the
acquisition of ENMAX Envision Inc. in 2013, Shaw
significantly increased its fibre footprint and profile among
larger enterprise customers in Calgary, Alberta.

The range of services offered by Shaw Business includes:

Fibre Internet

(cid:129) Scalable, symmetrical fibre Internet solutions from

10 Mbps to more than 10 Gbps.

Business Internet

Voice Solutions

(cid:129) Shaw Business offers a range of voice solutions from

traditional analog to digital Business Phone and robust,
fully-managed voice systems with unified communications
functionality.

(cid:129) Shaw Business Digital Phone offers more than 18 business
features including multi-line hunting, voicemail to email
and an included toll-free number.

(cid:129) In addition to competitive long-distance rates across the
globe and month-to-month uncontracted rates, Shaw
Business phone customers have 1, 3, and 5-year
contracted options to provide cost consistency for their
business.

(cid:129) In the fourth quarter, Shaw Business launched Internet

Video

300 to meet our business customers’ growing bandwidth
needs.

(cid:129) All of our Business Internet 20, 75, 150 and 300

packages offer unlimited data usage, one dynamic and one
static IP address and are available on month-to-month, 1,
3, and 5-year terms.

Data Connectivity – secure private connectivity for multiple
locations

(cid:129) Video and audio service offering content for public

viewing.

(cid:129) Similar to our consumer Video service, Business cable and
satellite customers can choose from a selection of primary
channel packages and may add from a variety of sports,
family and other theme specialty packages, and a number
of individual channels that we offer on a
channel-by-channel basis.

20

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Broadcast Video

(cid:129) Delivers high-quality Video to service providers across

North America in real time.

Shaw has positioned itself as a trusted business advisor with
a focus on the small and medium business (“SMBs”)
segment of the market. Shaw Business takes care of all
aspects of its customers’ increasingly complex always-on
connectivity requirements so they can focus on growing their
business. As part of this strategy, Shaw has collaborated with
global scale technology leaders to offer its “Smart” suite of
easy to use and flexible managed business communications
solutions. The Smart suite of services provides cost-effective
enterprise grade managed IT and communications solutions
that are increasingly valued by SMBs as the digital economy
grows in scope and complexity.

The Smart suite of services includes:

SmartVoice

(cid:129) From comprehensive traditional phone features such as

auto-attendant, hunt groups and call recording to
collaboration tools such as instant messenger and screen
sharing, SmartVoice gives businesses the flexibility to work
in a modern way.

(cid:129) SmartVoice offers three different levels of packaging based

on business needs and is available on 1, 3, or 5-year
contract terms.

SmartWiFi

(cid:129) SmartWiFi is a fully-managed Internet solution deployed

over Cisco’s Meraki platform that enables seamless, secure
wireless connectivity for employees and guests in the
office.

(cid:129) SmartWiFi also enables access to the cloud portal where

customers can easily manage their service, configure their
set service identifiers, or SSIDs, to gain insight from
network analytics and create a custom splash page.

(cid:129) Available at speeds of 75, 150 or 300 megabits per

second, plus Wireless access points, SmartWiFi provides
our customers with exceptional Wi-Fi coverage on 1, 3, or
5-year contract terms.

SmartSecurity

(cid:129) SmartSecurity is a fully-managed network security

platform deployed over Cisco’s Meraki platform that
protects a wired and Wi-Fi network at the edge with access
control, virus protection, the ability to control which
applications run on the network, content filtering and the
connection of branch locations. A SmartSecurity premium
package also includes the ability to set-up a secure virtual
private network, or VPN.

(cid:129) SmartSecurity is available when bundled with SmartWiFi

or Business Internet on 3 or 5-year contract terms.

SmartSurveillance

(cid:129) SmartSurveillance is a fully-managed, enterprise-grade
security camera solution deployed over Cisco’s Meraki
platform. Managed through a cloud-portal,
SmartSurveillance enables business owners to view footage
and manage their cameras from anywhere using an
intuitive on-line dashboard. Sophisticated features, such
as motion-based search and heat mapping, allow owners to
quickly find footage of interest and identify activity
patterns.

(cid:129) SmartSurveillance can also be bundled with SmartWiFi or

Business Internet on a 3 or 5-year contract terms.

Software Defined Wide Area Network (“SD-WAN”)

(cid:129) SD-WAN provides businesses with a better way to connect
multiple offices in a scalable and cost-effective manner on
a cloud-managed platform.

(cid:129) SmartVoice is a unified communications solution that
integrates instant messaging, presence, email, video
conferencing and a mobile application that is built on
Broadsoft’s BroadWorks platform.

(cid:129) With integrated security, seamless three level failover and
intelligent path control, SD-WAN enables companies to
deploy a resilient, cost-effective, high-bandwidth
connectivity solution.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

21

(cid:129) Powered in partnership with Cisco Meraki, SD-WAN sites

are connected by internet links secured by our
SmartSecurity service which provides network protection
and cloud-based security policy updates to protect
businesses from the latest vulnerabilities and network
threats.

Session Initiation Protocol (“SIP”) Trunking

(cid:129) Our next-generation SIP Trunking solution, on the

Broadsoft platform, delivers a centralized voice solution
managed in an easy-to-use cloud portal.

(cid:129) SIP allows customers to pay only for what they need with
the ability to scale the system quickly as businesses grow.

(cid:129) The integration with Broadsoft’s platform provides
businesses with access to unified communications
features such as video conferencing, call queuing and
auto-attendant as well as the ability to join offices with
SmartVoice and SIP into the same environment to save
cost and increase efficiency.

On the success of its SmartSuite of products, Shaw Business
continues to grow at a steady pace despite recent years of
economic challenges experienced in parts of western Canada.
Highlighted by growth in the SMBs markets, our Business
division continues to consistently increase its customer base,
revenue and profitability.

In order to continue to meet the evolving needs of our
customers, we are executing our plan to ensure that our
wireline network keeps pace with our customers’ expectations
for bandwidth, speed and reliability. See “Shaw’s Wireline
Network” for a description of our wireline network and the
advances that we are undertaking.

Shaw Business, through the Calgary1 data centre, also
provides hybrid IT services to customers in western Canada.
These services are a natural complement to Shaw Business’
current offerings.

WholesaleWirelineNetworkServices

Using our national and regional access wireline networks, we
provide services to Internet service providers (“ISPs”), other
communications companies, broadcasters, governments and
other businesses and organizations that require end-to-end
Internet and data connectivity in Canada and the
United States. We also engage in public and private peering
arrangements with high speed connections to major North
American, European and Asian networks and other tier-one
backbone carriers. All service solutions are sold on 1, 3 or
5-year terms and pricing is negotiated based on the specific
solution provided to the customer.

BroadcastServices

Shaw Broadcast Services uses our substantial fibre backbone
network to manage one of North America’s largest full-service
commercial signal distribution networks, delivering more
television and radio signals by satellite to cable operators and

other multi-channel system operators in Canada and the US
than any other single-source satellite supplier. This business
is referred to as a “satellite relay distribution undertaking” or
“SRDU”. Shaw Broadcast Services currently provides SRDU
and advanced signal transport services to over 300
distribution undertakings and redistributes over 500
television signals and over 100 audio signals in both English
and French to multi-channel system operators.

Tracking

On September 15, 2017, the Company sold a group of assets
comprising the operations of Shaw Tracking, a fleet tracking
operation, to Omnitracs Canada for approximately
US$20 million.

Shaw’s Wireline Network

At Shaw, we are proud of our advanced wireline network,
which combines the power of fibre, coax, and Wi-Fi and is
comprised of Shaw’s:

(cid:129) North American fibre backbone;

(cid:129) Regional fibre optic and co-axial distribution networks; and

(cid:129) Local Shaw Go WiFi connectivity.

WirelineBackbone

The backbone of Shaw’s wireline network includes terabits of
capacity over multiple fibres on two diverse cross-North
America routes. The southern route principally consists of
approximately 7,000 route kilometres of fibre located on
routes between Seattle and New York City (via Vancouver,
Calgary, Regina, Winnipeg, Toronto, Chicago and Buffalo).
The northern route consists of approximately 4,000 route
kilometres of fibre between Edmonton and Toronto (via
Saskatoon, Winnipeg and Thunder Bay). A third secured
capacity backbone route for advanced redundancy is located
from Vancouver to Edmonton to Calgary and Calgary to
Toronto through Dallas and New York. These routes, along
with a number of other secured capacity routes, provide
redundancy for the network. Shaw also uses a marine route
consisting of approximately 330 route kilometres from Seattle
to Vancouver (via Victoria), and has secured additional
capacity on routes between a number of cities, including
(i) Vancouver and Calgary, (ii) Seattle and San Jose,
(iii) Seattle and Calgary, (iv) Seattle and Vancouver,
(v) Toronto and New York City, (vi) Toronto and Montreal, and
(vii) Edmonton and Fort McMurray.

RegionalDistributionNetwork

We connect our backbone network to residential and business
customers through our extensive regional fibre optic and HFC
distribution networks.

In fiscal 2018, we completed the deployment of the newest
generation of cable modem termination system equipment
referred to as the Converged Cable Access Platform (“CCAP”).

22

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

This equipment enhances the capabilities of our HFC network
and enables Shaw to leverage the next generation of cable
access technology known as Data over Cable Interface
Specification version 3.1 (“DOCSIS 3.1”). Combined with the
launch of our latest generation of DOCSIS 3.1 enabled Cable
modem, the XB6, the upgrade allowed us to launch Wide
Open Internet 300 in July 2018 which is now widely
available across virtually all of our cable footprint. DOCSIS
3.1 is also being leveraged to provide wireless backhaul
services for our Freedom Wireless LTE small cells, providing
significantly improved wireless coverage and capacity in both
indoor and outdoor locations, while minimizing deployment
and upgrade costs.

In conjunction with our DOCSIS 3.1 upgrades, we are
continually increasing the spectrum usable on our cable
plant, enabling increased upstream and downstream
capacities. These combinations will continue to allow cable
technology to achieve fiber equivalent performance in
download and upload speeds at a fraction of the costs.

Shaw continues to optimize the capacity and efficiency of our
wireline network and has virtually eliminated network
congestion by deploying fibre optic cable deeper into our
access networks and closer to where our customers reside. We
continue to increase the number of optical serving areas or
“nodes” in the wireline network. This is a continual process
that we apply year-over-year to increase fibre optic usage in
our wireline network and reduce the distance signals travel
over coaxial cable to each consumer. Driving fibre deeper into
our network also supports wireless and business service
deployments, as well as future services such as 5G, FTTP, or
the newly released Full Duplex DOCSIS (“FDX”) specification,
which are all potential building blocks for multi-gigabit
symmetrical services over co-axial infrastructure.

ShawGoWiFi

Shaw has created Canada’s most extensive service provider
Wi-Fi network, Shaw Go WiFi. Shaw Go WiFi extends a
customer’s broadband experience beyond the home as a
valuable extension of our customer wireline network
experience. Over 3.3 million devices have authenticated to
our carrier-grade Shaw Go WiFi network and there are
approximately 100,000 access points. In addition, we have
entered into agreements with 108 municipalities to extend
Shaw Go WiFi service into public areas within those cities.

Shaw’s Wireless Network

Shaw partnered with NOKIA to roll-out our next generation
LTE-Advanced wireless network to our customers in our
existing markets in Ontario, Alberta and British Columbia.
LTE-Advanced is the latest standard of cellular technologies
available in the marketplace today. Until the launch of our
LTE-Advanced network to all of our existing markets in fiscal
2017, all of our customers were served by our 3G network
using AWS-1 spectrum. In fiscal 2017, LTE roaming was
launched with Bell, Rogers, and AT&T offering more than
97% of the Canadian and US population roaming coverage

outside of Freedom Mobile’s existing markets to Freedom
Mobile customers that subscribe to an LTE plan.

In October 2017, we announced the deployment of the
2500 MHz spectrum acquired from Quebecor and re-farming
of a portion of our existing AWS-1 spectrum which will
enhance our customers’ access to LTE data speeds. This step
along with completion of the re-farming of 10 MHz of our
existing AWS-1 spectrum to LTE in the second quarter of
fiscal 2018 resulted in a large majority of our existing
customers migrating from 3G to LTE service using their
existing devices. This transition resulted in our data traffic
moving from 92% on a 3G service to the current 80% on our
LTE network, which now offers LTE service across three
spectrum bands – AWS-1, AWS-3 and 2500 MHz. As a
result, service significantly improved for customers that were
migrated from 3G to our AWS-1 and 2500 MHz LTE network
as well as for our remaining 3G customers.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, we launched Voice over
LTE (“VoLTE”) nationwide across all three of our LTE
spectrum bands – AWS-1, AWS-3 and 2500 MHz – offering
our customers with compatible devices an improvement in
voice quality and a reduction in call set-up time. In fiscal
2018, we also started deploying small cell technology
(low-powered wireless and receivers with a range of 100 m to
200 m), designed to provide network coverage to smaller
areas. As tall high-power macro towers keep the network
signal strong across large distances, small cells suit more
densely developed areas like city centres and popular venues
by providing LTE/VoLTE quality, speed, capacity and coverage
improvements in these high traffic areas.

The Company is currently focused on building out its
700 MHz spectrum, which will continue throughout fiscal
2019 and where deployed, 700 MHz will enable Wireless
customers with compatible devices to receive an improved
service experience both in-building as well as extending
service at the edge of our current coverage area. In the third
quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company started deploying its
700 MHz spectrum in key cell sites locations in the GTA,
Calgary, Edmonton, and Vancouver.

Spectrumholdings

On July 24, 2017, the Company acquired 700 MHz and
2500 MHz wireless spectrum licences from Quebecor for
$430 million. The spectrum licences acquired are comprised
of 10 MHz licences of 700 MHz spectrum in each of British
Columbia, Alberta, and Southern Ontario and the 20 MHz
licences of 2500 MHz spectrum in each of Vancouver,
Edmonton, Calgary, and Toronto. This spectrum and the
incremental network investment to deploy the spectrum, will
materially improve our long-term wireless customer
experience and further enable our ability to offer converged
network solutions. We have transitioned 10 MHz of our
AWS-1 spectrum from 3G to LTE-Advanced which improved
network performance and makes LTE-Advanced available to
more of our customers.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

23

Our Wireless division currently holds 50 MHz of AWS
spectrum, 10 MHz of 700 MHz and 20-40 MHz of
2500 MHz spectrum in the main service areas of Southern
Ontario, Alberta and British Columbia. We also hold
20-60 MHz of AWS spectrum, 0-10 MHz of 700 MHz and
0-30 MHz of 2500 MHz spectrum in other markets within
Southern Ontario, Eastern Ontario, Alberta and British
Columbia. As discussed below, ISED conducted a
consultation regarding the policy framework for the 600 MHz
spectrum auction. In March 2018, ISED released its decision
on the policy and licensing framework for the 600 MHz band.
In the decision, ISED established a set aside of 30 MHz for
eligible entities of the total 70 MHz of spectrum that will be
available in an auction that will commence on March 12,
2019. (for further detail see “Government Regulations and
Regulatory Developments –Radiocommunication Act –
Wireless Spectrum Licences”).

The Company expects that its spectrum assets will continue
to support anticipated growth in LTE subscribers, as well as
its 3G network subscribers, and supports new growth,
geographic diversification, and scale opportunities in the
markets in which we operate.

Equity Interest in Corus

Corus is a leading media and content company that creates
and delivers high quality brands and content across platforms
for audiences around the world. Its portfolio of multimedia
offerings encompasses 44 specialty television services, 39
radio stations, 15 conventional television stations, a global
content business, digital assets, live events, children’s book
publishing, animation software, technology and media
services. Corus’ roster of premium brands includes Global
Television, W Network, OWN: Oprah Winfrey Network Canada,
HGTV Canada, Food Network Canada, HISTORY®, Showcase,
National Geographic Channel, Q107, CKNW, Fresh Radio,
Disney Channel Canada, YTV and Nickelodeon Canada. Corus
is headquartered in Canada, and its stock is listed on the TSX
under the symbol CJR.B.

In connection with the sale of the Media division to Corus in
April 2016, the Company received 71,364,853 Corus
Class B non-voting shares (the “Corus B Consideration
Shares”) representing approximately 37% of Corus’ total
issued equity of Class A and Class B shares. The Company
agreed to retain approximately one third of its Corus B
Consideration Shares for 12 months post-closing, a second
one third for 18 months post-closing and the final one third
for 24 months post-closing. The Company also agreed to have
its Corus B Consideration Shares participate in Corus’
dividend reinvestment plan until September 1, 2017. For the
year ended August 31, 2018, the Company received
dividends of $92 million (fiscal 2017– $88 million) from
Corus, $nil (fiscal 2017 – $81 million) were reinvested in
additional Corus Class B non-voting participating shares as
the Company withdrew from Corus’ dividend reinvestment
plan on September 1, 2017. On June 27, 2018, Corus
announced an 80% dividend cut effective September 1,
2018, which results in expected cash dividends to the

Company of approximately $19 million in fiscal 2019
compared to the $92 million in cash dividends received in
fiscal 2018.

At August 31, 2018, the Company owned 80,630,383
(2017 – 80,630,383) Corus Class B non-voting shares having a
fair value of $298 million (2017 –$1,109 million) and
representing 38% (2017 – 39%) of Corus’ total issued equity of
Class A and Class B shares. The Company’s weighted average
ownership of Corus for the year ended August 31, 2018 was
39% (fiscal 2017 – 38%). Although the Corus Class B
non-voting shares do not have voting rights, the Company is
considered to have significant influence due to Board
representation. In addition, Shaw Family Living Trust (“SFLT”)
and its subsidiaries control both Shaw and Corus. The sole
trustee of SFLT is a private company owned by JR Shaw and
having a board comprised of seven directors, including JR Shaw
(Chair), Bradley S. Shaw, four other members of JR Shaw’s
family and one independent director (See “Related Party
Transaction – Corus”).

In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company assessed its
investment in Corus for indicators of impairment, which
included a significant and sustained decrease in the share
price as well as the recording by Corus of an impairment
charge against their goodwill and broadcast license intangibles
and found that there was evidence that impairment had
occurred. The Company compared the recoverable amount to
the carrying value and determined that an impairment charge
of $284 million was required. The recoverable amount was
determined based on the value in use of the investment.

Community Investment

By partnering with leading charitable organizations and
leveraging our range of sponsorship, marketing and public
relations assets, we are making a positive impact on hundreds
of thousands of kids, youth, and families across Canada,
while demonstrating our community investment leadership to
our employees, customers, and stakeholders

Under the umbrella of the Shaw Kids Investment Program
(“SKIP”), Shaw supports charitable and community
organizations that improve the lives of Canadian kids. In 2018,
Shaw contributed over $45 million in cash and in-kind
support – as well as 11,000 hours of volunteer time – to over
700 local and national youth-focused charitable organizations.

The Shaw Charity Classic held from August 29 –
September 2, 2018 marked the sixth year of the PGA TOUR
Champions event hosted in Calgary which has become a
significant fundraising platform for Alberta’s children and
youth charities. In 2018, the Shaw Charity Classic raised
$10 million, benefitting 182 organizations that help more
than 500,000 kids and families in Alberta. Since its
inception in 2013, the Shaw Charity Classic has raised over
$32 million for Alberta charities, fully demonstrating Shaw’s
impact as both an employer and corporate citizen when
sponsorship and community investment activities are
integrated to support the programs and organizations that are
building positive communities for kids and youth.

24

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

and use of wireless spectrum in Canada are governed by
spectrum licences issued by, and radio authorization
conditions set by, ISED pursuant to the
Radiocommunication Act.

In June 2018, pursuant to the commitment in the federal
government’s 2017 budget, ISED and Canadian Heritage
launched a joint review of the Broadcasting Act and the
Telecommunications Act, which will also include a review of
the Radiocommunication Act (the “Joint Review”). The Joint
Review will be conducted by a panel of external experts
tasked with studying the legislation and making
recommendations to the Ministers of ISED and Canadian
Heritage by January 31, 2020. The expert panel will
examine issues such as telecommunications and content
creation in the digital age, net neutrality and cultural
diversity, and how to strengthen the future of Canadian
media and Canadian content creation.

Limitsonnon-Canadianownershipand
control

Neither a holding company that has a subsidiary operating
company licensed under the Broadcasting Act, nor any such
licensee, may be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, the
determination of which is a question of fact within the
jurisdiction of the CRTC. Pursuant to the Direction to the
CRTC (Ineligibility of Non-Canadians) (the “Direction”),
non-Canadians are permitted to own and control, directly or
indirectly, up to 33.3% of the voting shares and 33.3% of
the votes of a holding company that has a subsidiary
operating company licensed under the Broadcasting Act. In
addition, up to 20% of the voting shares and 20% of the
votes of a licensee may be owned and controlled, directly or
indirectly, by non-Canadians. As well, the chief executive
officer (“CEO”) and not less than 80% of the board of
directors of the licensee must be resident Canadians. There
are no restrictions on the number of non-voting shares that
may be held by non-Canadians at either the holding
company or licensee level. If a holding company of a
licensee does not satisfy the requirement that 80% of its
board of directors be resident Canadians, it must have a
CRTC-approved Independent Programming Committee
(“IPC”) in place to ensure that neither the holding company
nor its directors exercise control or influence over the
programming decisions of its subsidiary licensee. With CRTC
approval, Shaw has implemented an IPC to comply with the
Direction.

Similar restrictions apply to certain Canadian carriers
pursuant to the Telecommunications Act, the
Radiocommunication Act and associated regulations, except
that there is no requirement that the CEO be a resident
Canadian of a company operating pursuant to those
Acts. Instead, the Telecommunications Act, the
Radiocommunication Act and associated regulations require
only that 80% of the voting shares of such entities be held
by resident Canadians. The Canadian ownership
requirements do not apply to wireline and wireless

In 2018, Shaw continued its efforts to support positivity,
inclusion, and respect in schools, through our Shaw Kindness
Sticks grants. The initiative invited youth across Canada to
think of how they can help promote kindness and respect in
their schools for a chance to receive a grant of up to $5,000
to bring their idea to life. We received 150 applications from
kids and youth across the country, and prominent Canadian
athletes, icons, and community builders joined Shaw in
selecting the top 10 ideas to be awarded funding.

GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS AND
REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS
Substantially all of the Company’s Canadian business
activities are subject to regulations and policies established
under various pieces of legislation, including the
Broadcasting Act (Canada) (“Broadcasting Act”), the
Telecommunications Act (Canada) (“Telecommunications
Act”), the Radiocommunication Act (Canada)
(“Radiocommunication Act”) and the Copyright Act (Canada)
(“Copyright Act”). Broadcasting and telecommunications are
generally administered by the Canadian Radio-television and
Telecommunications Commission (“CRTC”) under the
supervision of the Department of Canadian Heritage
(“Canadian Heritage”) and ISED, respectively. The allocation

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

25

telecommunications carriers that have annual revenues from
the provision of telecommunications services in Canada that
represent less than 10% of the total annual revenues for the
sector.

The Company’s Articles contain measures to ensure the
Company continues to comply with applicable Canadian
ownership requirements and its ability to obtain, amend or
renew a license to carry on any business. Shaw must file a
compliance report annually with the CRTC confirming that it
is eligible to operate in Canada as a telecommunications
common carrier.

Broadcasting Act

Pursuant to the Broadcasting Act, the CRTC is mandated to
regulate and supervise all aspects of the broadcasting system
in a flexible manner. The Broadcasting Act requires broadcast
distribution undertakings (“BDUs”) to give priority to the
carriage of Canadian services; to provide efficient delivery of
programming services at affordable rates; to provide
reasonable terms for the carriage, packaging and retailing of
those programming services; and provides the option to
operate a community channel. The Broadcasting Act also sets
out requirements for television broadcasters with respect to
Canadian content. The Company’s broadcasting distribution
business and on-demand programming services depends on
licences (or operates under an exemption order) granted and
issued by the CRTC under the Broadcasting Act. Pursuant to
CRTC Regulations, the Company is required to contribute 5%
of its cable and DTH BDUs’ revenues to the production of
Canadian programming.

Licensingandownership

In August 2018, the Commission renewed the Company’s
cable licences for a five-year term from September 1, 2018
to August 31, 2023. On August 31, 2018, the Company
submitted renewal applications for its direct-to-home (“DTH”)
and Satellite Relay Distribution Undertaking (“SRDU”)
licences which expire on August 31, 2019.

In May 2017, Shaw On Demand’s licence was renewed for a
five-year term from September 1, 2017 to August 31, 2022.
On August 31, 2018, the Company submitted renewal
applications for Shaw Pay-Per-View’s (“PPV”)’s terrestrial PPV
and DTH PPV licences which expire on August 31, 2019.

Newmedia

The CRTC has issued a digital media exemption order
requiring that Internet-based and mobile point-to-point
broadcasting services not offer television programming on an
exclusive or preferential basis in a manner that depends on
subscription to a specific mobile or retail Internet service and
not confer an undue preference or disadvantage. The CRTC
has decided to not impose a levy on the revenue of exempt
digital media undertakings to support Canadian new media
content.

Thepotentialforneworincreasedfees

Any changes to the Broadcasting Act pursuant to the Joint
Review (see “Government Regulations and Regulatory
Developments”) could impact the business practices of the
Company, or result in new fees payable by the Company’s
cable, DTH or SRDU services. New fees could also be
imposed pursuant to CRTC Regulation, as the Commission
indicated that in 2019-2020 it may consider ways to support
television news production through increased access to
subscription revenue, which could increase costs for the
Company’s cable and DTH services.

CRTC Regulations require cable BDUs to obtain the consent
of an over-the-air (“OTA”) broadcaster to deliver its signal in a
distant market (which can be either within the province of
origin or out-of-province). In the case of DTH BDUs, CRTC
Regulations permit the distribution of local OTA television
signals on a distant basis without consent within the province
of origin, but DTH BDUs must obtain broadcaster consent to
deliver the OTA television signal out-of-province unless the
DTH BDU is required to carry the signal out-of-province on its
basic service. Broadcasters may assert a right to limit
distribution of distant signals or to seek remuneration for the
distribution of their signals in distant markets on the basis of
the CRTC Regulations.

Telecommunications Act

Under the Telecommunications Act, the CRTC is responsible
for ensuring that Canadians in all regions of Canada have
access to reliable and affordable high-quality
telecommunication services. The CRTC has the authority to
forbear from regulating one or more services or classes of
services provided by a carrier if the CRTC finds that there is
sufficient competition for those services to protect the
interests of users. Retail Internet, home phone services and
mobile wireless services have been forborne from price
regulation. However, regulations do affect certain terms and
conditions under which Shaw’s retail services are provided.
As described further below under “Third Party Internet
Access,” certain Shaw wholesale services are regulated.

The CRTC and ISED can impose monetary penalties on
companies that contravene the Telecommunications Act, the
Radiocommunication Act and the regulations and rules
promulgated thereunder. The technical operating aspects of
the Company’s businesses are regulated by technical
requirements and performance standards established by
ISED, primarily under the Telecommunications Act and the
Radiocommunication Act.

Any changes to the Telecommunications Act pursuant to the
Joint Review could impact the business practices of the
Company, and/or result in new fees on the Company, for
example, by requiring ISPs to contribute a fixed percentage of
revenues to support the creation of Canadian content – a
possible policy option presented in the CRTC’s May 2018
report (see “Government Regulations and Regulatory
Developments”).

26

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

ThirdPartyInternetAccess

Shaw is mandated by the CRTC to provide a wholesale
service at regulated rates that allows independent ISPs to
provide Internet services at premises served by Shaw’s
wireline network (“Third Party Internet Access” or “TPIA”).
In 2015, the CRTC completed a review of the wholesale
wireline telecommunications policy framework, including
TPIA, and: (i) extended mandated wholesale access services
to include FTTP facilities; and (ii) initiated a shift to a new
disaggregated wholesale Internet access service. The new
disaggregated service will be phased-in over a period of three
years and is intended to allow independent ISPs to reduce
reliance on the transport facilities currently included as part
of the regulated wholesale service. The CRTC has approved
interim disaggregated rates for Ontario and Quebec. The
CRTC has initiated a process to extend the disaggregated
service into Western Canada, including Shaw’s territory.
Shaw has filed a proposed network architecture for
disaggregated TPIA but has not yet been directed to file
disaggregated tariffs or proposed rates for its serving area.

Although the CRTC has initiated a shift to a new
disaggregated service, in October of 2016, the CRTC
approved, pending the completion of its review of aggregated
costing studies, interim aggregated rates which were lower
than the proposed rates. At the completion of this review,
the CRTC may require further adjustments to Shaw’s costing
studies, which may result in further reductions in the
wholesale rates we charge for aggregated TPIA service.

The CRTC further indicated its intention to review the
process for setting rates of regulated wireline and wireless
wholesale services, including consideration of alternative
costing approaches, the feasibility of using a common
economic model by wholesale service carriers to establish
wholesale rates and certain costing elements such as cost of
capital.

CompetitionBureauStudyontheStateof
CompetitionintheWirelineBroadbandMarket

In May 2018, the Competition Bureau launched a market
study into the state of competition in the wireline broadband
sector, with a goal of identifying the steps that regulators or
policy makers could take to enhance competition. Following
the filing of submissions and expert reports by Shaw and
other stakeholders, in October, the Bureau released an
update to the Study as well as an online survey. The Bureau
will continue with consultations during the Fall and Winter
of 2019 and is targeting June 2019 for publication of its
report. The Bureau’s recommendations could influence
future government and CRTC policies and regulations,
including the CRTC’s framework for wholesale wireline
services and the regulations for TPIA.

CRTCReviewofWholesaleRoamingRates
andWi-FiFirst

As part of its comprehensive policy framework for wholesale
wireless services, the CRTC had established interim

wholesale roaming rates pending its review of the costing
studies submitted by the incumbent wireless carriers. In
March 2018, the CRTC completed its review of rates for the
mandated wholesale roaming service and established final
rates that were lower than the interim rates set in early
2015.

In Telecom Decision 2017-56 the CRTC had determined
that public Wi-Fi did not constitute a mobile wireless home
network for the purposes of accessing mandated wholesale
wireless roaming rates. In June 2017, the Governor in
Council (“GiC”) referred CRTC Telecom Decision 2017-56
back to the CRTC for review. The GiC asked the CRTC to
review whether expanding the definition of home network to
include public Wi-Fi would have a positive impact on the
affordability of retail mobile wireless services and whether
the negative impact of such a change on facilities-based
investment and competition would outweigh the benefits. In
March 2018, the CRTC declined to extend the mandated
roaming regime to include Wi-Fi First providers.

The CRTC has indicated that it will review its regulatory
framework for mobile wireless services beginning in 2019.
As part of this review, the Commission will consider whether
additional regulatory measures are necessary to further
support the competitiveness of the market, such as
mandating MVNO access or developing policies that
facilitate the sharing or deployment of wireless facilities. If
the CRTC reverses its previous positions, Wi-Fi First, MVNO
and other resale providers could gain access to incumbent
wireless networks at regulated rates for the purposes of
roaming.

Lower-CostDataOnlyPlans

In its Wi-Fi First Decision, the CRTC acknowledged the
Government’s concerns about wireless affordability at the
lower end of the market, particularly for data-only packages,
and found that it was unclear whether the market could be
relied on to deliver lower-cost data only plans. Accordingly,
the CRTC launched a new consultation to investigate the
availability and pricing of data-only packages, including
whether wireless carriers should be required to offer low-cost
data-only packages. As part of this proceeding, the three
national wireless incumbent carriers were required to
propose an affordable data-only offering for comment. A
CRTC decision to mandate the provision of these products at
specific rates or other terms may affect our ability to
compete in the data-only segment of the market.

RetailSalesPractices

In June 2018, the Governor in Council (“GiC”) issued an
order to the CRTC, directing it to investigate the retail sales
practices used by Canada’s large telecommunications
carriers and report back to the GIC by February 2019 with
its findings on the prevalence of such practices and how
existing consumer protections could be expanded, or new
protections developed, to ensure consumers are empowered

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

27

and treated fairly by their service providers. Shaw was made a
party to this proceeding by the CRTC and participated in the
oral public hearing in October 2018. A decision to regulate
our retail sales practices could impact our ability to serve our
customers and could result in cost increases for the
Company.

licences may be renewed. The AWS-3 spectrum licences were
issued in April 2015 and have a term of 20 years. The
700 MHz and 2500 MHz spectrum licences that the
Company purchased from Quebecor were initially issued in
February 2014 and May 2015, respectively for a term of
20 years.

CRTCInternetServiceProviderCode

On November 9, 2018, the CRTC initiated a proceeding to
establish a mandatory code applicable to Internet services
provided by larger, facilities-based ISPs, such as Shaw.
The CRTC has tabled a draft Internet Code and will accept
comments from the industry and the public, with final
submissions due April 8, 2019. The CRTC has already
enacted a Wireless Code and a Television Service Provider
Code applicable to wireless and television service providers,
respectively. If implemented, the Internet Code will require
Shaw to modify its existing Internet contracts and related
processes, which may negatively effect our business and also
result in cost increases to the Company.

Accessforwirelinenetwork

For its wireline network Shaw requires access to support
structures, such as poles, strand and conduits of
telecommunication carriers and electric utilities, in order to
deploy cable facilities. Under the Telecommunications Act,
the CRTC has jurisdiction over support structures of
telecommunication carriers, including rates for third party
use. The CRTC’s jurisdiction does not extend to electrical
utility support structures, which are regulated by provincial
utility authorities. Shaw’s wireline network also requires
access to construct facilities in roadways and other public
places. Under the Telecommunications Act, Shaw may do so
with the consent of the municipality or other public authority
having jurisdiction.

Radiocommunication Act

Our Wireless division holds licences for the use of
radiofrequency spectrum required to operate its mobile
wireless business. Those spectrum licences are administered
by ISED under the Radiocommunication Act. Spectrum use is
governed by conditions of license, including license term,
transferability/divisibility, technical compliance requirements,
lawful interception, research and development, and mandated
antenna site sharing and domestic roaming services.

Any changes to the Radiocommunications Act pursuant to the
Joint Review (see “Government Regulations and Regulatory
Developments”) could impact the business practices of the
Company and/or the processes governing its acquisition of
new spectrum for purposes of building its wireless networks.

WirelessSpectrumLicences

The Wireless division’s AWS-1 spectrum licences were issued
in 2009, for a term of ten years, and prior to expiration, the

The applicable terms and conditions of renewal of our and
other carriers’ spectrum licences after the initial term are
determined by ISED through public consultation processes
that begin prior to the expiry of those licences. Following a
public consultation in the summer of 2017, in early 2018
ISED issued its policy decision relating to the renewal of
AWS-1 and other spectrum licences auctioned in 2008,
including those held by our Wireless division. The decision
confirmed that, if Freedom Mobile has met its conditions of
licence, including any applicable deployment obligations,
Freedom Mobile will have a high expectation to be eligible for
renewal. We expect to meet the applicable requirements and
conditions of licence for those spectrum licences that are
material to our plans for the Wireless division. As expected,
ISED also imposed more onerous deployment conditions for
licences issued through the renewal process.

Over the past year, ISED conducted several spectrum policy
consultations regarding spectrum bands that will be licensed
or otherwise made available for future wireless deployments,
including 5G. The consultations relate to:

(cid:129) the release of millimetre wave spectrum in the 26 GHz,
28 GHz, 37-40 GHz and 64-71 GHz frequency bands

(cid:129) revisions to the 3500 MHz Band to accommodate mobile

services;

(cid:129) the technical, policy and licensing framework to govern the
auction of spectrum licences in the 600 MHz band for
mobile use; and

(cid:129) ISED’s Spectrum Outlook, which reviewed the

department’s overall approach and planning activities
related to the release of spectrum for commercial mobile
services, licence-exempt applications, satellite services
and wireless backhaul services over the years 2018-2022.

In March 2018, ISED released its decision on the policy and
licensing framework for the 600 MHz band. In the decision,
ISED established a set aside of 30 MHz for eligible entities
(of the total 70 MHz of spectrum that will be auctioned off).
The auction will commence on March 12, 2019.

In June 2018, ISED released its Spectrum Outlook decision.
Citing the importance of mobile services and the future of
5G, ISED stated its intention to release a variety of low, mid
and high band spectrum over the next several years. ISED’s
highest priority bands for release include 600 MHz,
3500 MHz and the millimetre wave bands for mobile, as well
as 32 GHz, 70 GHz, and 80 GHz for backhaul use.

Decisions on the millimetre wave and 3500 MHz
consultations are pending. We anticipate that ISED will hold
further public consultations on a licensing process regarding
the 3500 MHz band for mobile use.

28

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

ISED has a framework that sets out criteria for reviewing and
approving license transfers, prospective transfers, and
deemed license transfers, including consideration of the
quantum and concentration of spectrum holdings before and
after the proposed transfer.

Our Wireless division’s operations could be materially
affected by our failure to:

(cid:129) obtain new or additional spectrum licences;

(cid:129) renew existing spectrum licences;

(cid:129) obtain approval of any transfer of spectrum licences; or

(cid:129) procure spectrum licences that provide access to adequate

allocations of low-band spectrum, which has superior
propagation and penetration characteristics, or of other
spectrum that is required for 5G.

In addition, the Wireless division could experience increased
costs, or reduced revenues or reduced margins, or the
deployment or service plans could be negatively affected by,
amended or newly-adopted laws and regulations, or decisions
of ISED or the CRTC. The CRTC and ISED can impose
monetary penalties on companies that contravene the
Telecommunications Act, the Radiocommunication Act, and
the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder.

AccessforWirelessNetwork

Our Wireless division’s operations depend on being able to
locate and construct wireless antenna sites, which in some
cases requires certain authorizations or approvals from
municipalities, which vary from one municipality to another
but are also subject to federal oversight. The process for such
approvals can include a comprehensive consultation process
related to local land use priorities and new antenna site
design parameters.

The Wireless division also uses arrangements whereby it
co-locates its antennae equipment on towers and/or sites
owned and operated by third party tower and/or sites
providers and the three national wireless incumbent carriers.
Pursuant to the conditions of their spectrum licences and the
CRTC’s policy framework for wholesale wireless services, the
three national wireless incumbent carriers must allow
competitors, including Freedom Mobile, to co-locate
equipment at these locations. However, the application and
approval process for the sharing of towers is lengthy, and the
ISED and CRTC processes that are available to enforce the
existing rules can also be challenging and time consuming.

Copyright Act

Canada’s Copyright Act accords the creators and owners of
content various rights to authorize or be remunerated for the
use of their works and performances, including, in some
instances, by broadcast distribution undertakings. In
addition, the Copyright Act creates certain exceptions that

permit the use of copyrighted works without the authorization
or remuneration of rights holders. Parliament initiated a
mandated five-year review of the Copyright Act in December
2017. The Standing Committee on Industry, Science and
Technology is conducting the review and will produce a report
making recommendations to the Government in 2019. This
process could lead to amendments to the Copyright Act that
impact the terms and conditions applicable to the use of
content, including the potential for increased fees, and the
scope of flexibility with respect to the use of content pursuant
to exceptions under the Copyright Act.

Furthermore, on November 5, 2018, the Government tabled
Bill C-86, a budget implementation act. Bill C-86 contains
proposed amendments to the Copyright Act that could result
in an increase in fees payable by the Company to copyright
holders. Increased payments could result from new rate-
setting criteria that the Copyright Board would be required to
consider if the Bill is passed, and new flexibility for copyright
collective societies to proceed by way of negotiation, rather
than tariff hearings, to establish the price for the use of
copyright works.

Finally, pursuant to the Copyright Act, the Copyright Board of
Canada (“the Copyright Board”) oversees the collective
administration of copyright royalties in Canada, including the
review and approval of copyright tariff royalties payable to
copyright collectives by BDUs, television broadcasters and
online content services. The Copyright Board may also make
rulings on the interpretation of the Copyright Act in the
course of issuing copyright tariff decisions.

Thepotentialforneworincreasedfees

The Copyright Board is currently considering a proposed tariff
for the retransmission of programming in distant television
signals for the years 2014 through 2018. The tariff proposed
by the retransmission rights collectives would, if approved,
represent a significant increase in the per-subscriber rates
payable for the retransmission of programming in distant
signals. The Company participated in the hearing process and
objected to the tariff on behalf of its cable and DTH satellite
divisions. The record of this proceeding is now complete, and
the parties are awaiting the decision of the Copyright Board.

In addition, in August 2017, the Copyright Board issued a
decision interpreting the scope and meaning of “making
available” which is defined in the Copyright Act as part of the
right to communicate a work to the public by
telecommunication. In the Online Music Services proceeding,
SOCAN and other rights owners argued that making a musical
work available for download would trigger an obligation to pay
public performance royalties to SOCAN. The Objectors,
including the Company, argued that since downloading is not
a public performance, SOCAN is not entitled to royalties for
downloads. The Copyright Board held that while the act of
downloading is not itself a communication to the public and,
as such, is outside the scope of the proposed tariff, the act of
loading copyright materials onto servers to facilitate
downloading is a form of “making available” and a

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

29

communication to the public and falls under the SOCAN
tariff. The Company, along with a number of other
broadcasting and internet companies, has filed an application
for judicial review, arguing that the Board’s interpretation is
erroneous. If the Copyright Board’s interpretation is upheld, it
could lead to new claims by rights holders in connection with
Company technologies that facilitate downloading.

United States, Canada and Mexico Agreement
(USMCA)

On September 30, 2018, Canada announced that it had
reached an agreement on a new North American free trade
agreement between the US, Mexico and Canada, called the
USMCA. The USMCA will, once ratified by all three parties,
will replace NAFTA. US demands made in the course of
negotiations for changes that could have had a material
impact on the Company were not included in the USMCA.
Until the USMCA is formally adopted pursuant to the legal
requirements of each party country, the NAFTA will remain
effective. There remains a possibility that a party will decline
to finalize and implement the agreement. In such a case,
there is a risk that negotiations towards an amended USMCA
will be reinitiated, in which case the scope of negotiations
and ultimate outcomes are unknown.

Personal Information Protection and Electronic
Documents Act and Canadian Anti-Spam
Legislation

The Personal Information Protection and Electronic
Documents Act (Canada) (“PIPEDA”) is Canada’s federal
privacy law regulating the collection, use and disclosure of
personal information in Canada by a federally regulated
organization in the private sector. Shaw has established a
privacy policy and its internal privacy processes in accordance
with PIPEDA.

PIPEDA provisions requiring mandatory reporting of serious
privacy breaches, introduced in 2015, came into effect on
November 1, 2018. These provisions require companies to
(i) track all breaches of security safeguards that involve
personal information under their control, and (ii) report to
affected individuals and to the Office of the Privacy
Commissioner serious breaches of personal information that
create a real risk of significant harm. Any such breach and
disclosure by Company could result in fines and significant
reputational harm.

New consent Guidelines issued by the Office of the Privacy
Commissioner of Canada (“OPC”) will come into effect on
January 1, 2019. These Guidelines set out principles for
organizations to follow in order to obtain meaningful consent

and require that organizations provide more interactive,
easy-to-understand privacy disclosures to their users. The
Company maintains internal practices and policies to
facilitate compliance with the new consent Guidelines.

More broadly, the Government initiated a National Digital and
Data Consultation in June 2018. This process includes
consultations in connection with “Privacy and Trust” and
could lead to changes to privacy regulation that increase
privacy-related measures with which the Company is required
to comply, as well as the Company’s exposure to increased
penalties and claims in connection with any non-compliance.

Canada’s anti-spam legislation (together with the related
regulations, “CASL”) sets out a comprehensive regulatory
regime regarding online commerce, including requirements to
obtain consent prior to sending commercial electronic
messages and installing computer programs. CASL is
administered primarily by the CRTC, and non-compliance may
result in fines of up to $10 million. The Company maintains
internal practices and policies to facilitate compliance with
CASL.

On November 5, 2018, the CRTC issued guidelines on the
Commission’s approach to enforcement of CASL provisions
prohibiting a party from, among other things, aiding a
violation of CASL. These suggest that “Telecommunications
and Internet Service Providers” could be found liable for
violating CASL by facilitating or technically enabling services
that transgress CASL. While the guidance suggests that
liability would be linked to the level of control and connection
with the violators, and whether reasonable safeguards were in
place to prevent or stop a violation, no examples of potential
liability for ISPs or telecommunications service providers were
provided. As well, the guidelines indicate that awareness of a
violation is not necessary for a finding of liability. As such,
the new Guidelines create a risk that Shaw could be fined for
non-compliance in connection with the provision of network
services.

Environmental matters

Shaw’s operations are subject to environmental regulations,
including those related to electronic waste, printed paper and
packaging. A number of provinces have enacted regulations
providing for the diversion of certain types of electronic and
other waste through product stewardship programs (“PSP”).
Under a PSP, companies who supply designated products in
or into a province are required to participate in or develop an
approved program for the collection and recycling of
designated materials and, in some cases, pay a per item fee.
Such regulations have not had, and are not expected to have,
a material effect on the Company’s earnings or competitive
position.

30

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

KEY PERFORMANCE DRIVERS

Shaw measures the success of its strategies using a number
of key performance drivers which are outlined below,
including a discussion as to their relevance, definitions,
calculation methods and underlying assumptions.

FINANCIAL MEASURES

Revenue

Revenue is a measurement determined in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). It
represents the inflow of cash, receivables or other consideration
arising from the sale of products and services. Revenue is net of
items such as trade or volume discounts, agency commissions
and certain excise and sales taxes. It is the base on which free
cash flow, a key performance driver, is determined; therefore, it
measures the potential to deliver free cash flow as well as
indicating growth in a competitive market place.

The Company’s continuous disclosure documents may provide
discussion and analysis of non-IFRS financial measures.
These financial measures do not have standard definitions
prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be comparable to
similar measures disclosed by other companies. The
Company’s continuous disclosure requirements may also

provide discussion and analysis of additional GAAP measures.
Additional GAAP measures include line items, headings and
sub-totals included in financial statements. The Company
utilizes these measures in making operating decisions and
assessing its performance. Certain investors, analysts and
others utilize these measures in assessing the Company’s
operational and financial performance and as an indicator of
its ability to service debt and return cash to shareholders.
These non-IFRS measures and additional GAAP measures
have not been presented as an alternative to net income or
any other measure of performance or liquidity prescribed by
IFRS. The following contains a description of the Company’s
use of non-IFRS financial measures and additional GAAP
measures and provides a reconciliation to the nearest IFRS
measure or provides a reference to such reconciliation.

Operatingmargin

Operating margin is calculated by dividing operating income
before restructuring costs and amortization by revenue.

Wireline
Wireless

Year ended August 31,

2018

2017

Change

44.6% 43.6% 1.0pts
18.5% 22.0% (3.5pts)

Combined Wireline and Wireless

39.9% 40.9% (1.0pts)

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

31

Operatingincomebeforerestructuringcosts
andamortization

Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization is
calculated as revenue less operating, general and administrative
expenses. It is intended to indicate the Company’s ability to
service and/or incur debt, and therefore it is calculated before
one-time items like restructuring costs, amortization (a
non-cash expense) and interest. Operating income before
restructuring costs and amortization is also one of the measures
used by the investing community to value the business.

Relative increases period-over-period in operating income
before restructuring costs and amortization and in operating
margin are indicative of the Company’s success in delivering
valued products and services, and connecting customers to
the world through a best-in-class seamless connectivity
experience.

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Year ended August 31,

Operating income from continuing

operations

Add back (deduct):

Restructuring costs
Amortization:

Deferred equipment revenue
Deferred equipment costs
Property, plant and equipment,

intangibles and other

631

446

(30)
110

999

54

(38)
122

932

860

Operating income before restructuring

costs and amortization

2,089

1,997

Netdebtleverageratio

The Company uses this measure to set its optimal leverage.
Refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further detail.

Freecashflow
The Company utilizes this measure to assess the Company’s
ability to repay debt and pay dividends to shareholders. Free
cash flow is calculated as free cash flow from continuing
operations and free cash flow from discontinued operations.

Free cash flow from continuing operations is comprised of
operating income before restructuring costs and amortization
adding dividends from equity accounted associates, changes
in receivable related balances with respect to customer
equipment financing transactions as a cash item and
deducting capital expenditures (on an accrual basis and net
of proceeds on capital dispositions) and equipment costs
(net), interest, cash taxes paid or payable, dividends paid on
the preferred shares, recurring cash funding of pension
amounts net of pension expense and adjusted to exclude
share-based compensation expense.

Free cash flow from continuing operations has not been
reported on a segmented basis. Certain components of free
cash flow from continuing operations, including operating
income before restructuring costs and amortization continue
to be reported on a segmented basis. Capital expenditures
and equipment costs (net) are reported on a combined basis
for Consumer and Business due to the common
infrastructure and separately for Wireless. Other items,
including interest and cash taxes, are not generally directly
attributable to a segment, and are reported on a consolidated
basis.

Free cash flow from discontinued operations is comprised
of income from discontinued operations before
restructuring costs, amortization, taxes and other
non-operating items after deducting capital expenditures
(on an accrual basis and net of proceeds on capital
dispositions), cash taxes paid or payable, program rights
amortization on assets held for sale, recurring cash
funding of pension amounts net of pension expense and
excludes non-controlling interest amounts that are
included in the income from discontinued operations
before restructuring costs, amortization, taxes and other
non-operating items.

32

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Free cash flow is calculated as follows:

(millions of Canadian dollars)

Revenue

Consumer
Business

Wireline

Service
Equipment

Wireless

Intersegment eliminations

Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization (1)

Wireline
Wireless

Capital expenditures and equipment costs (net): (2)

Wireline
Wireless

Free cash flow from continuing operations before the following
Less:

Interest
Cash taxes

Other adjustments:

Dividends from equity accounted associates
Non-cash share-based compensation
Pension adjustment
Customer equipment financing
Preferred share dividends

Free cash flow from continuing operations

Income from discontinued operations before restructuring costs, amortization, taxes and other

non-operating items

Less:

Capital expenditures
Interest
Cash taxes

Free cash flow from discontinued operations

Free cash flow

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.
(2) Per Note 25 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

Year ended August 31,

2018

2017

Change
%

3,725 3,747
533

567

(0.6)
6.4

4,292 4,280
0.3
482
23.4
123 >100.0

595
356

951

605

5,243 4,885
(3)

(4)

5,239 4,882

1,913 1,864
133

176

2,089 1,997

1,024
343

970
255

1,367 1,225

57.2

7.3
33.3

7.3

2.6
32.3

4.6

5.6
34.5

11.6

722

772

(6.5)

(247)
(166)

(265)
(174)

(6.8)
(4.6)

92
2
11
5
(8)

88
3
8
8
(8)

411

432

4.5
(33.3)
37.5
(37.5)
–

(4.9)

–
–
–
–
–

–

140

(100.0)

(99)
(33)
(2)

(100.0)
(100.0)
(100.0)

6

(100.0)

411

438

(6.2)

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

33

STATISTICAL MEASURES:

Subscribercounts(orRevenueGenerating
Units(“RGUs”))

The Company measures the count of its subscribers in its
Consumer, Business and Wireless divisions.

In the Consumer and Business divisions, wireline Video
subscribers include residential customers, multiple dwelling
units (“MDUs”) and commercial customers. A residential
subscriber who receives at a minimum, basic cable service, is
counted as one subscriber. In the case of MDUs, such as
apartment buildings, each tenant with a minimum of basic
cable service is counted as one subscriber, regardless of
whether invoiced individually or having services included in
his or her rent. Each building site of a commercial customer
(e.g., hospitals, hotels or retail franchises) that is receiving at
a minimum, basic cable service, is counted as one
subscriber. Video satellite subscribers are counted in the
same manner as wireline Video customers except that it also
includes seasonal customers who have indicated their
intention to reconnect within 180 days of disconnection.
Internet customers include all modems on billing and Phone
includes all phone lines on billing. All subscriber counts
exclude complimentary accounts but include promotional
accounts.

Consumer and Business divisions’ RGUs represent the
number of products sold to customers and includes Video
(cable and Satellite subscribers), Internet customers, and
Phone lines. As at August 31, 2018 these combined divisions
had approximately 5.7 million RGUs.

In the Wireless division, a recurring subscriber or RGU (e.g.
cellular phone, smartphone, tablet or mobile Internet device)
has access to the wireless network for voice and/or data
communications, whether Prepaid or Postpaid. Prepaid
subscribers include RGUs where the account is within
90 days of the prepaid credits expiring. As at August 31,
2018 the Wireless divisions had approximately 1.4 million
RGUs.

Wirelessaveragerevenuepersubscriberunit
permonth(“ARPU”)

Wireless ARPU is calculated as service revenue divided by the
average number of subscribers on the network during the
period and is expressed as a rate per month. This measure is
an industry metric that is useful in assessing the operating
performance of a wireless entity, but does not have a
standardized meaning under IFRS. Refer to “Segmented
Operations Review” for Wireless ARPU details and
description.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND
ESTIMATES

The Company prepared its Consolidated Financial Statements
in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). An understanding of
the Company’s accounting policies is necessary for a
complete analysis of results, financial position, liquidity and
trends. Refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information on accounting policies.
The following section discusses key estimates and
assumptions that management has made under IFRS and how
they affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated
Financial Statements and notes. Following is a discussion of
the Company’s critical accounting policies:

Revenue and expense recognition

Revenue is considered earned as services are performed,
provided that at the time of performance, ultimate collection
is reasonably assured. Such performance is regarded as
having been achieved when reasonable assurance exists
regarding the measurement of the consideration that will be
derived from rendering the service. Revenue from Video,
Internet, Phone, and Wireless customers includes subscriber
service revenue when earned. The revenue is considered
earned as the period of service relating to the customer billing
elapses. For customers with multi-year service plans, the total
amount of contractual service revenue is accounted for on a
straight-line basis over the term of the plan.

The Company has multiple deliverable arrangements
comprised of upfront fees (subscriber connection fee revenue
and/or customer premise equipment revenue) and related
subscription revenue. The Company determined that the
upfront fees charged to customers do not constitute separate
units of accounting; therefore, these revenue streams are
assessed as an integrated package.

Subscriberconnectionfeerevenue

Connection fees have no standalone value to the customer
separate and independent of the Company providing
additional subscription services, therefore the connection fee
revenue must be deferred and recognized systematically over
the periods that the subscription services are earned. There is
no specified term for which the customer will receive the
related subscription service, therefore the Company has
considered its customer churn rate and other factors, such as
competition from new entrants, to determine the deferral
period of three years.

Subscriberconnectionandinstallationcosts

The costs of physically connecting a new home are
capitalized as part of the Company’s distribution system as
the service potential of the distribution system is enhanced
by the ability to generate future subscriber revenue. Costs of

34

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

disconnections are expensed as incurred as the activity does
not generate future revenue.

Customerpremiseequipmentrevenueand
costs

Customer premise equipment available for sale, which
generally includes digital cable terminal (“DCT”) and
direct-to-home (“DTH”) equipment, has no standalone value
to the customer separate and independent of the Company
providing additional subscription services. Therefore, the
equipment revenue is deferred and recognized systematically
over the periods that the subscription services are earned. As
the equipment sales and the related subscription revenue are
considered one transaction, recognition of the equipment
revenue commences once the subscriber service is activated.
There is no specified term for which the customer will receive
the related subscription service, therefore the Company has
considered various factors including customer churn,
competition from new entrants, and technology changes to
determine the deferral period of three years.

In conjunction with equipment revenue, the Company also
incurs incremental direct costs which include equipment and
related installation costs. These direct costs cannot be
separated from the undelivered subscription service included
in the multiple deliverable arrangement. Under IAS 2
“Inventories”, these costs represent inventoriable costs and
are deferred and amortized over the period of three years,
consistent with the recognition of the related equipment
revenue. The equipment and installation costs generally
exceed the amounts received from customers on the sale of
equipment (the equipment is sold to the customer at a
subsidized price). The Company defers the entire cost of the
equipment, including the subsidy portion, as it has
determined that this excess cost will be recovered from future
subscription revenues and that the investment by the
customer in the equipment creates value through increased
retention.

ShawBusinessinstallationrevenueand
expenses

The Company also receives installation revenues in its Shaw
Business operation on contracts with commercial customers
which are deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-
line basis over the related service contract, generally
spanning two to ten years. Direct and incremental costs
associated with the service contract, in an amount not
exceeding the upfront installation revenue, are deferred and
recognized as an operating expense on a straight-line basis
over the same period.

Wirelessequipmentrevenue

Revenue from the direct sale of equipment to subscribers or
dealers is recognized when the equipment is delivered and
accepted by the subscribers or dealers.

Freedom Mobile offers a discretionary handset discount
program, whereby the subscriber earns the applicable
discount by maintaining services with the Company, such that
the receivable relating to the discount at inception of the
transaction is reduced over a period of time. A portion of
future revenue earned in connection with the services is
applied against the up-front discount provided on the
handset. Freedom Mobile also offers a plan allowing
customers to receive larger up-front handset discounts than
they would otherwise qualify for, if they pay a predetermined
incremental charge to their existing service plan on a monthly
basis. The charge is billed on a monthly basis and is
recognized as revenue at that time.

The Company recognizes the handset discount as a receivable
and revenue upon the sale of the equipment on the basis that
the receivable is recoverable. The receivable is realized on a
straight-line basis over the period which the discount is
forgiven to a maximum of two years with an offsetting
reduction to revenue. The amount receivable is classified as
part of other current or non-current receivables, as applicable,
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Discontinuedoperationequipmentrevenue
andcosts

In the Shaw Tracking operation, equipment revenue was
recognized over the period of the related service contract for
airtime, which was generally five years.

In conjunction with Shaw Tracking equipment revenue, the
Company incurred incremental direct costs including
equipment costs. These direct costs cannot be separated
from the undelivered tracking service included in the multiple
deliverable arrangement. Under IAS 2 “Inventories”, these
costs represent inventoriable costs and were deferred and
amortized over the period of five years, consistent with the
recognition of the related tracking equipment revenue.

Incomestatementclassification

The Company distinguishes amortization of deferred
equipment revenue and deferred equipment costs from the
revenue and expenses recognized from ongoing service
activities on its income statement. Equipment revenue and
costs are deferred and recognized over the anticipated term of
the related future revenue (i.e., the monthly service revenue)
with the period of recognition spanning three to five years. As
a result, the amortization of deferred equipment revenue and
deferred equipment costs are non-cash items on the income
statement, similar to the Company’s amortization of deferred
IRU revenue, which the Company also segregates from
ongoing revenue. Further, within the lifecycle of a customer
relationship, the customer generally purchases customer
premise equipment at the commencement of the customer
relationship, whereas the subscription revenue represents a
continuous revenue stream throughout that customer
relationship. Therefore, the segregated presentation provides

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

35

a clearer distinction within the income statement between
cash and non-cash activities and between up-front and
continuous revenue streams, which assists financial
statement readers to predict future cash flows from
operations.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The majority of the Company’s revenues are earned from
selling on credit to individual subscribers. Because there are
some customers who do not pay their debts, selling on credit
necessarily involves credit losses. The Company is required to
make an estimate of an appropriate allowance for doubtful
accounts on its receivables. In determining its estimate, the
Company considers factors such as the number of days the
account is past due, whether or not the customer continues to
receive service, the Company’s past collection history and
changes in business circumstances. The estimated allowance
required is a matter of judgment and the actual loss
eventually sustained may be more or less than the estimate,
depending on events which have yet to occur and which
cannot be foreseen, such as future business, personal and
economic conditions. Conditions causing deterioration or
improvement in the aging of accounts receivable and
collections will increase or decrease bad debt expense.

Property, plant and equipment and other
intangibles – capitalization of direct labour and
overhead

The cost of property, plant and equipment and other
intangibles includes direct construction or development costs
(such as materials and labour) and overhead costs directly
attributable to the construction or development activity. The
Company capitalizes direct labour and direct overhead
incurred to construct new assets, upgrade existing assets and
connect new subscribers. These costs are capitalized as they
are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction,
development or betterment of the networks or other
intangibles. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are
charged to operating expenses as incurred.

Directlabourandoverheadcostsare
capitalizedinthreeprincipalareas:

1.

Corporate departments such as Technology, Operations,
Products, and Supply chain (“TOPS”): TOPS is involved
in overall planning and development of the Video/
Internet/Phone/Wireless infrastructure. Labour and
overhead costs directly related to these activities are
capitalized as the activities directly relate to the
planning and design of the construction of the
distribution system. In addition, TOPS devotes
considerable efforts towards the development of
systems to support Phone, Wi-Fi, and projects related
to new customer management, billing and operating
support systems. Labour costs directly related to these
and other projects are capitalized.

2.

3.

Cable regional construction departments, which are
principally involved in constructing, rebuilding and
upgrading the cable/Internet/Phone infrastructure:
Labour and overhead costs directly related to the
construction activity are capitalized as the activities
directly relate to the construction or upgrade of the
distribution system. Capital projects include, but are
not limited to, projects such as the new subdivision
builds, increasing network capacity for Internet, home
Phone and VOD by reducing the number of homes fed
from each node, and upgrades of plant capacity and
the Wi-Fi build.

Subscriber-related activities such as installation of new
drops and Internet and Digital Phone services: The
labour and overhead directly related to the installation
of new services are capitalized as the activity involves
the installation of capital assets (i.e., wiring, software,
etc.) which enhance the service potential of the
distribution system through the ability to earn future
revenues. Costs associated with service calls,
collections, disconnects and reconnects that do not
involve the installation of a capital asset are expensed.

Amounts of direct labour and direct overhead capitalized
fluctuate from year to year depending on the level of
customer growth and plant upgrades for new services. In
addition, the level of capitalization fluctuates depending on
the proportion of internal labour versus external contractors
used in construction projects.

The percentage of direct labour capitalized in many cases is
determined by the nature of employment in a specific
department. For example, a significant portion of labour and
direct overhead of the cable regional construction
departments is capitalized as a result of the nature of the
activity performed by those departments. Capitalization is
also based on piece rate work performed by unit-based
employees which is tracked directly. In some cases, the
amount of capitalization depends on the level of maintenance
versus capital activity that a department performs. In these
cases, an analysis of work activity is applied to determine this
percentage split. Further information regarding the
capitalization of internal labour costs can be found under
“Certification” on page 66.

Amortization policies and useful lives

The Company amortizes the cost of property, plant and
equipment and other intangibles over the estimated useful
service lives of the items. These estimates of useful lives
involve considerable judgment. In determining these
estimates, the Company takes into account industry trends
and company-specific factors, including changing
technologies and expectations for the in-service period of
these assets. On an annual basis, the Company reassesses its
existing estimates of useful lives to ensure they match the
anticipated life of the technology from a revenue-producing
perspective. If technological change happens more quickly or
in a different way than the Company has anticipated, the

36

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Company may have to shorten the estimated life of certain
property, plant and equipment or other intangibles which
could result in higher amortization expense in future periods
or an impairment charge to write down the value of property,
plant and equipment or other intangibles.

Intangibles

The excess of the cost of acquiring cable, satellite, data
centre and wireless businesses over the fair value of related
net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired is
allocated to goodwill. Net identifiable intangible assets
acquired consist of amounts allocated to broadcast rights and
licences, wireless spectrum licences, trademarks, brands,
customer relationships and software assets. Broadcast rights
and licences, wireless spectrum licences, trademarks and
brands represent identifiable assets with indefinite useful
lives.

Customer relationships represent the value of customer
contracts and relationships acquired in a business
combination and are amortized on a straight-line basis over
their estimated useful lives ranging from 4 – 15 years.

Software that is not an integral part of the related hardware
is classified as an intangible asset. Internally developed
software assets are recorded at historical cost and include
direct material and labour costs as well as borrowing costs
on qualifying assets. Software assets are amortized on a
straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from
3 – 10 years. The Company reviews the estimates of lives and
useful lives on a regular basis.

Asset impairment

The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles for
impairment annually (as at February 1) and when events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value
may be impaired. The recoverable amount of each cash-
generating unit (“CGU”) is determined based on the higher of
the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. A
CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate
cash flows that are independent of the cash inflows from
other assets or groups of assets. The Company’s cash
generating units are Cable, Satellite, and Wireless. The
Company had an additional cash generating unit, Data
Centres, until the sale of Viawest in August 2017. Where the
recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying
amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses
relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods. The
results of the impairment tests are provided in Note 10 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Employee benefit plans

As at August 31, 2018, Shaw had non-registered defined
benefit pension plans for key senior executives and
designated executives. The amounts reported in the financial
statements relating to the defined benefit pension plans are

determined using actuarial valuations that are based on
several assumptions including the discount rate and rate of
compensation increase. While the Company believes these
assumptions are reasonable, differences in actual results or
changes in assumptions could affect employee benefit
obligations and the related income statement impact. The
differences between actual and assumed results are
immediately recognized in other comprehensive income/loss.
The most significant assumption used to calculate the net
employee benefit plan expense is the discount rate. The
discount rate is the interest rate used to determine the
present value of the future cash flows that is expected to be
needed to settle employee benefit obligations and is also
used to calculate the interest income on plan assets. It is
based on the yield of long-term, high-quality corporate fixed
income investments closely matching the term of the
estimated future cash flows and is reviewed and adjusted as
changes are required. The following table illustrates the
increase on the accrued benefit obligation and pension
expense of a 1% decrease in the discount rate:

(millions of
Canadian dollars)

Weighted Average
Discount Rate –
Non-registered Plans

Impact of:

1% decrease –
Non-registered Plans

Accrued Benefits
Obligation at
End of Fiscal 2018

Pension Expense
Fiscal 2018

3.70%

3.70%

$ 72

$

4

Deferred income taxes

The Company has recognized deferred income tax assets and
liabilities for the future income tax consequences attributable
to differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets are also recognized in respect of
losses of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The deferred
income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted
or substantially enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which the temporary differences are
expected to reverse or the tax losses are expected to be
utilized. Realization of deferred income tax assets is
dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income during
the period in which the temporary differences are deductible.
The Company has evaluated the likelihood of realization of
deferred income tax assets based on forecasts of taxable
income of future years, existing tax laws and tax planning
strategies. Significant changes in assumptions with respect to
internal forecasts or the inability to implement tax planning
strategies could result in future impairment of these assets.

Commitments and contingencies

The Company is subject to various claims and contingencies
related to lawsuits, taxes and commitments under contractual
and other commercial obligations. Contingent losses are

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

37

recognized by a charge to income when it is likely that a
future event will confirm that an asset has been impaired or a
liability incurred at the date of the financial statements and
the amount can be reasonably estimated. Contractual and
other commercial obligations primarily relate to network fees
and operating lease agreements for use of transmission
facilities, including maintenance of satellite transponders and
lease of premises in the normal course of business.
Significant changes in assumptions as to the likelihood and
estimates of the amount of a loss could result in recognition
of additional liabilities.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related party transactions are reviewed by Shaw’s Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee, comprised of
independent directors. The following sets forth certain
transactions in which the Company is involved.

Corus

The Company and Corus are subject to common voting
control. During 2016, the Company sold its wholly owned
subsidiary Shaw Media to Corus. The transaction closed on
April 1, 2016. In fiscal 2018, network, advertising and
programming fees were paid to various Corus subsidiaries.
The Company provided uplink of television signals,
programming content, Internet services and lease of circuits
to various Corus subsidiaries. The Company also received
dividends from Corus related to its Class B non-voting
participating shareholdings representing 39% of the total
issued equity of Corus (see “Equity Interest in Corus”).

Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership

The Company has a 33.33% interest in the Partnership.
During the current year, the Company paid the Partnership for
lease of office space in Shaw Tower. Shaw Tower, located in
Vancouver, BC, is the Company’s headquarters for its lower
mainland BC operations.

Key management personnel and Board of
Directors

Key management personnel consist of the most senior
executive team and along with the Board of Directors have the
authority and responsibility for directing and controlling the
activities of the Company. In addition to compensation
provided to key management personnel and the Board of
Directors for services rendered, the Company transacts with
companies related to certain Board members primarily for the
purchase of remote control units, network programming and
installation of equipment.

Refer to Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for further related party transaction detail.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Shaw has adopted or will adopt a number of new accounting
policies as a result of recent changes in IFRS as issued by the
IASB. The ensuing discussion provides additional information
as to the date that Shaw is or was required to adopt the new
standards, the methods of adoption permitted by the
standards, the method chosen by Shaw, and the effect on the
financial statements as a result of adopting the new policies.
The adoption or future adoption of these accounting policies
has not and is not expected to result in changes to the
Company’s current business practices.

Adoption of recent accounting
pronouncements

The adoption of the following IFRS amendments effective
September 1, 2017 had no impact on the Company’s
consolidated financial statements.

(cid:129) Statement of Cash Flows (amendments to IAS 7) improves
disclosures regarding changes in financing liabilities. The
amendments were applied prospectively for the annual
period commencing September 1, 2017.

(cid:129) Income Taxes (amendments to IAS 12) clarifies how to

account for deferred tax assets related to debt instruments
measured at fair value. The amendments were applied
prospectively for the annual period commencing
September 1, 2017.

Standards, interpretations and amendments to
standards issued but not yet effective

The Company has not yet adopted certain standards and
interpretations that have been issued but are not yet
effective. The following pronouncements are being assessed
to determine the impact on the Company’s results and
financial position.

(cid:129) IFRS 2 Share-based Payment was amended in 2016 to

clarify the accounting and measurement for certain types
of share-based payment transactions. It is required to be
applied for annual periods commencing on or after
January 1, 2018. The amendments to IFRS 2 will not have
a significant impact on our financial statements.

(cid:129) IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification and

Measurement replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments and
applies a principal-based approach to the classification
and measurement of financial assets and financial
liabilities, including an expected credit loss model for
calculating impairment, and includes new requirements
for hedge accounting. The standard is required to be
applied retrospectively for the annual period commencing
January 1, 2018. The adoption of IFRS 9 will not have a
significant impact on our financial statements.

(cid:129) IFRS 16 Leases was issued in January 2016 and replaces
IAS 17 Leases. The new standard requires entities to

38

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

recognize lease assets and lease obligations on the
balance sheet. For lessees, IFRS 16 removes the
classification of leases as either operating leases or
finance leases, effectively treating all leases as finance
leases. Certain short-term leases (less than 12 months)
and leases of low-value are exempt from the requirements
and may continue to be treated as operating leases.
Lessors will continue with a dual lease classification
model. Classification will determine how and when a
lessor will recognize lease revenue, and what assets
would be recorded.

As the Company has significant contractual obligations
currently being recognized as operating leases, we
anticipate that the application of IFRS 16 will result in a
material increase to both assets and liabilities and
material changes to the timing of the recognition of
expenses associated with the lease arrangements
although at this stage in the Company’s IFRS 16
implementation process, it is not possible to make
reasonable quantitative estimates of the effects of the
new standard.

We have a team engaged to ensuring our compliance with
IFRS 16. This team has been responsible for determining
information technology requirements, ensuring scoping
and data collection is appropriate, and communicating
the upcoming changes with various stakeholders. In
2019, we will be implementing a process that will enable
us to comply with the requirements of IFRS 16 on a
lease-by-lease basis. As a result, we are continuing to
assess the effect of this standard on our consolidated
financial statements and it is not yet possible to make a
reliable estimate of its effect. We expect to disclose the
estimated financial effects of the adoption of IFRS 16 in
our 2019 consolidated financial statements.

The standard may be applied retroactively or using a
modified retrospective approach for annual periods
commencing January 1, 2019, which for the Company
will be the annual period commencing September 1,
2019. The Company will evaluate the adoption approach
in conjunction with its assessment of the expected
impacts of adoption.

(cid:129) IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments was

issued in 2017 to clarify how to apply the recognition and
measurement requirements in IAS 12 when there is
uncertainty over income tax treatments. It is required to
be applied for annual periods commencing January 1,
2019.

(cid:129) IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, was
issued in May 2014 and replaces IAS 11 Construction
Contracts, IAS 18 Revenue, IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty
Programs, IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of
Real Estate, IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers
and SIC-31 Revenue – Barter Transactions Involving
Advertising Services. The new standard requires revenue
to be recognized in a manner that depicts the transfer of

promised goods or services to customers in an amount
that reflects the consideration expected to be received in
exchange for those goods or services. The principles are
to be applied in the following five steps: (1) identify the
contract(s) with a customer, (2) identify the performance
obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction
price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the
performance obligations in the contract, and
(5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a
performance obligation. IFRS 15 also provides guidance
relating to the treatment of contract acquisition and
contract fulfillment costs.

The application of IFRS 15 will impact the Company’s
reported results, including the classification and timing of
revenue recognition and the treatment of costs incurred
to obtain contracts with customers.

Revenue – timing and classification

The application of this standard will most significantly
affect our Wireless arrangements that bundle equipment
and service together, specifically with regards to the
timing of recognition and classification of revenue. The
timing of recognition and classification of revenue is
affected because at contract inception, IFRS 15 requires
the estimation of total consideration to be received over
the contract term, and the allocation of that consideration
to performance obligations in the contract, typically
based on the relative stand-alone selling price of each
obligation. This will result in a decrease to equipment
revenue recognized at contract inception, as the discount
previously recognized over 24 months will now be
recognized at contract inception, and a decrease to
service revenue recognized over the course of the
contract, as a portion of the discount previously allocated
solely to equipment revenue will be allocated to service
revenue. The measurement of total revenue recognized
over the life of a contract will be largely unaffected by
the new standard. We do not expect the application of
IFRS 15 to affect our timing of cash flows from
operations or the methods and underlying economics
through which we transact with our customers.

Costs of contract acquisition – timing of recognition

IFRS 15 also requires that incremental costs to obtain a
contract with a customer (for example, commissions) be
capitalized and amortized into operating expenses over
the life of a contract on a rational, systematic basis
consistent with the pattern of the transfer of goods or
services to which the asset relates. The Company
currently expenses such costs as incurred.

Contract assets and liabilities

The Company’s financial position will also be impacted by
the adoption of IFRS 15, with new contract asset and
contract liability categories recognized to reflect
differences

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

39

between the timing of revenue recognition and the actual
billing of those goods and services to customers. While
similar differences are recognized currently, IFRS 15
introduces additional requirements and disclosures specific to
contracts with customers.

For purposes of applying the new standard on an ongoing
basis, we must make judgments in respect of the new
standard. We must make judgments in determining whether a
promise to deliver goods or services is considered distinct,
how to determine the transaction prices and how to allocate
those amounts amongst the associated performance
obligations. We must also exercise judgment as to whether
sales-based compensation amounts are costs incurred to

obtain contracts with customers that should be capitalized
and subsequently amortized on a systematic basis over time.

The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on
or after January 1, 2018, which for the Company will be the
annual period commencing September 1, 2018 and must be
applied either retrospectively or on a modified retrospective
basis for all contracts that are not complete as at that date.
We have made a policy choice to restate each period
presented and recognize the cumulative effect of initially
applying IFRS 15 as an adjustment to the opening balance of
equity at the beginning of the earliest period presented,
subject to certain adopted practical expedients.

ImpactsofIFRS15,RevenuefromContractswithCustomers

Based on our preliminary analysis, IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, will affect the fiscal 2018 comparative
amounts to be reported in our fiscal 2019 Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

(billions of
Canadian dollars)

Revenue
Operating, general and administrative expenses
Other non-operating costs

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense

Net income from continuing operations

Year ended August 31, 2018

As
reported

Estimated
effect of
transition

Subsequent to
transition

i.
ii.

5.24
(3.15)
(1.88)

0.21
0.14

0.07

(0.05)
0.02
–

(0.03)
(0.01)

(0.02)

5.19
(3.13)
(1.88)

0.18
0.13

0.05

i) Allocation of transaction price

ii) Deferred commission costs

Revenue recognized at point of sale requires the estimation of
total consideration over the contract term and allocation of
that consideration to all performance obligations in the
contract based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. For
Wireless term contracts, equipment revenue recognized at
contract inception, as well as service revenue recognized over
the course of the contract will be lower than previously
recognized.

Costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer
were previously expensed as incurred. Under IFRS 15, these
costs are capitalized and subsequently amortized as an
expense over the life of the contract on a rational, systematic
basis consistent with the pattern of the transfer of goods and
services to which the asset relates. As a result, commission
costs are reduced in the period, with an offsetting increase in
amortization of capitalized costs over the average life of a
customer contract.

40

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Based on our preliminary analysis, IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, will affect the fiscal 2018 comparative
amounts to be reported in our fiscal 2019 Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as follows:

[billions of Canadian dollars]

ASSETS
Current
Current portion of contract assets
Other current assets
Remainder of current assets

Contract assets
Other long-term assets
Remainder of long-term assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current
Unearned revenue
Current portion of contract liabilities
Remainder of current liabilities

Deferred credits
Deferred income tax liabilities
Contract liabilities
Remainder of long-term liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

As at September 1, 2017

As at August 31, 2018

As
reported

Estimated
effect of
transition

Subsequent
to
transition

As
reported

Estimated
effect of
transition

Subsequent to
transition

i.
ii.

i.
ii.

i.
i.

i.
ii.
i.

–
0.16
0.96

1.12
–
0.26
12.99

14.37

0.21
–
1.18

1.39
0.49
1.86
–
4.48

8.22

6.15

14.37

0.01
0.02
–

0.03
0.05
(0.03)
–

0.05

(0.21)
0.21
–

–
(0.02)
–
0.02
–

–

0.05

0.05

0.01
0.18
0.96

1.15
0.05
0.23
12.99

14.42

–
0.21
1.18

1.39
0.47
1.86
0.02
4.48

8.22

6.20

–
0.29
0.74

1.03
–
0.29
13.10

14.42

0.22
–
1.39

1.61
0.46
1.89
–
4.50

8.46

5.96

14.42

14.42

0.05
(0.04)
–

0.01
0.08
(0.08)
–

0.01

(0.22)
0.22
–

–
(0.02)
(0.01)
0.02
–

(0.01)

0.02

0.01

0.05
0.25
0.74

1.04
0.08
0.21
13.10

14.43

–
0.22
1.39

1.61
0.44
1.88
0.02
4.50

8.45

5.98

14.43

i) Contract assets and liabilities

ii) Deferred commission cost asset

Contract assets and liabilities are the result of the difference
in timing related to revenue recognized at the beginning of a
contract and cash collected. Contract assets arise primarily as
a result of the difference between revenue recognized on the
sale of wireless device at the onset of a term contract and the
cash collected at the point of sale.

Contract liabilities are the result of receiving payment related
to a customer contract before providing the related goods or
services. We will account for contract assets and liabilities on
a contract-by-contract basis, with each contract being
presented as a single net contract asset or net contract
liability accordingly.

Under IFRS 15, we will defer commission costs paid to
internal and external representatives as a result of obtaining
contracts with customers as deferred commission cost assets
and amortize them over the pattern of the transfer of goods
and services to the customer, which is typically evenly over
24 to 36 months.

The application of IFRS 15 will not affect our cash flows from
operating, investing, or financing activities.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

41

RISK MANAGEMENT

In the normal course of our business activities, the Company
is subject to risks. The purpose of risk management is to
manage and mitigate risk, rather than to eliminate risk. The
Company is committed to continually strengthening our risk
management capabilities to protect and enhance value.

Risk Governance and Oversight

The Board of Directors has overall risk governance and
oversight responsibilities. Specifically, the Board is
responsible for identifying and assessing the principal risks
inherent in the business activities of the Company and
ensuring that management takes all reasonable steps to
implement appropriate systems to manage such risks. The
Board of Directors has delegated elements of its risk
oversight responsibilities to specific Board committees. The
Audit Committee is responsible for: (1) overseeing the
Company’s processes for identifying, assessing and
managing risks; and (2) ensuring that management
implements and maintains effective internal controls and
procedures for identifying, assessing and managing the
principal risks to the Corporation and its business. In
addition, the Human Resources and Compensation
Committee is responsible for ensuring that the Company’s
long-term and short-term incentive plans do not incent risk-
taking beyond the Company’s risk tolerance.

Responsibilities for Risk Management

Responsibility for risk management is shared across our
organization. Each department’s operating management, led
by the Company’s executive team, have integrated controls
and risk management practices into day-to-day activities and
decision-making processes. We have risk management and
compliance functions across the organization such as
Finance, Security and Risk, Legal and Regulatory, and
Technology Risk Governance. The Internal Audit and Advisory
Services (“IA&AS”) department provides independent and
objective audit and advisory services to evaluate and improve
the effectiveness of the Company’s governance, internal
controls, disclosure processes, and risk management
activities. The Audit Committee oversees the work of the
IA&AS department and all reports issued by the IA&AS
department. In addition, the IA&AS department’s annual
plan is reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee.

and magnitude of impact, (3) review the response strategy,
and (4) monitor progress. The latest ERM update was
provided to the Audit Committee in April 2018, with updates
to be provided to the Board and/or Audit Committee at least
annually. The significant risks and uncertainties affecting
the Company and its business are discussed under “Known
Events, Trends, Risks and Uncertainties”.

KNOWN EVENTS, TRENDS, RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES

The discussion in this MD&A addresses only what
management has determined to be the most significant
known events, trends, risks and uncertainties relevant to the
Company, its operations and/or its financial results. This
discussion is not exhaustive. The discussion of these matters
should be considered in conjunction with the “Caution
Concerning Forward-Looking Statements”.

Competition and Technological Change

Shaw operates in an open and competitive marketplace. Our
businesses face competition from regulated and unregulated
entities using existing or new communications technologies
and from illegal services. In addition, the rapid deployment
of new technologies, services and products has blurred the
traditional lines between telecommunications, Internet and
distribution services and further expands the competitive
landscape. Shaw may also face competition from platforms
that may gain advantage through regulatory processes. While
Shaw continually seeks to strengthen its competitive position
through investments in infrastructure, technology and
customer service and through acquisitions, there can be no
assurance that these investments will maintain Shaw’s
market share or performance in the future.

The following competitive events, trends, risks and/or
uncertainties specific to areas of our business may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well
as its operations and/or its financial results. In each case,
the competitive events, trends, risks and/or uncertainties
may increase or continue to increase. Competition for new
subscribers and retention of existing subscribers may require
substantial promotional activity and increase our cost of
customer acquisition, decrease our ARPU or both. We expect
that competition, including aggressive discounting practices
by competitors to gain market share, is likely to continue to
increase for all our businesses.

Enterprise Risk Management

ConsumerInternet

The Audit Committee undertakes a further review of the
significant corporate level risks through the Enterprise Risk
Management program (“ERM”). The ERM is a performance
focused process designed to identify and manage significant
corporate level risks that could impact the achievement of
our strategic objectives. The Company’s executives meet to:
(1) review and update significant corporate level risks,
(2) assess such corporate level risks in terms of likelihood

Shaw competes with different types of ISPs offering
residential Internet access including traditional telephone
companies, wireless providers and independent ISPs making
use of wholesale services to provide Internet access in
various markets.

Shaw expects that consumer demand for higher Internet
access speeds and greater bandwidth will continue to be

42

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

driven by bandwidth-intensive applications including
streaming video, digital downloading, Internet-of-Things
(“IOT”) and interactive gaming. As described further under
“Shaw’s Wireline Network”, Shaw continues to expand the
capacity and efficiency of its wireline network to handle the
anticipated increases in consumer demand for higher Internet
access speeds and greater bandwidth. However, there can be
no assurance that our investments in network capacity will
continue to meet this increasing demand.

ConsumerVideo

Shaw’s Consumer Video services, delivered through both our
wireline and satellite platforms, compete with other
distributors of video and audio signals. We also compete
increasingly with unregulated over-the-top (“OTT”) video
services and offerings available over Internet connections.
Continued improvements in the quality of streaming video
over the Internet and the increasing availability of television
shows and movies online will continue to increase competition
to Shaw’s Consumer Video services. Our Video services also
compete with illegal services including grey and black market
satellite offerings as well as OTT video piracy services.

ConsumerPhone

Shaw’s competitors for Consumer wireline phone services
include traditional telephone companies, other wireline
carriers, Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) providers and
wireless providers. Several of these competitors have larger
operational and financial resources than Shaw. In addition,
households increasingly rely on wireless services in place of
wireline phone services which negatively affects the business
and prospects of our Consumer wireline phone services.

Wireless

Freedom Mobile is a new entrant in the highly competitive
Canadian wireless market which is characterized by three
national wireless incumbent carriers and regional participants.
The national wireless incumbent carriers have larger, and
more diverse, spectrum holdings than Shaw, as well as larger
operational and financial resources than Shaw and are well
established in the market. The LTE-Advanced overlay network
has been built using our AWS-1, AWS-3 and 2500 MHz
spectrum holdings. Freedom Mobile’s ability to continue to
offer and improve Wireless services and to offer new services
depends on, among other factors, continued access to, and
deployment of, adequate spectrum, including the ability to
both renew current spectrum licences and acquire new
spectrum licences (in various spectrum bands). If Freedom
Mobile cannot acquire and retain needed spectrum, it may
not be able to continue to offer and improve its current
wireless services and deploy new services on a timely basis,
including providing competitive data speeds its customers
want. As a result, Freedom Mobile’s ability to attract and
retain customers could be adversely affected. In addition, an
inability to acquire and retain needed spectrum could affect

network quality and result in higher capital expenditures. Our
Wireless division may face increased competition from other
facilities based or non-facilities based new entrants or
alternate technologies, including as a result of regulatory
decisions or government policies that favour certain
competitive platforms. (see “Government Regulations and
Regulatory Developments –Telecommunication Act –CRTC
review of Wi-Fi First”).

BusinessNetworkServices

Shaw Business competes with other telecommunications
carriers in providing high-speed data and video transport and
Internet connectivity services to businesses, ISPs and other
telecommunications providers. The telecommunications
services industry in Canada is highly competitive, rapidly
evolving and subject to constant change. Shaw Business’
competitors include traditional telephone companies,
competitive access providers, competitive local exchange
carriers, ISPs, private networks built by large end users and
other telecommunications companies. In addition, the
development and implementation of new technologies by
others could give rise to significant additional competition.
Competitors for the delivery of voice and unified
communication services include traditional
telecommunications companies, resellers and new entrants to
the market leveraging new technologies to deliver services.
Shaw Broadcast Services also competes in industries that are
highly competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to constant
change.

Impact of Regulation

As discussed under “Government Regulations and Regulatory
Developments”, a majority of our Canadian business activities
are subject to: (i) regulations and policies administered by
ISED and/or the CRTC, and (ii) conditions of licences granted
by ISED and/or the CRTC. Shaw’s operations, financial results,
and future prospects are affected by changes in regulations,
policies and decisions, conditions of licences and decisions,
including changes in interpretation of existing regulations and
requirements contained in such conditions of licences by
courts, the government or the regulators, in particular the
CRTC, ISED, Competition Bureau and Copyright Board. These
changes relate to, and may have an impact on, among other
things, licensing and licence renewal, spectrum holdings,
products and services, competition, programming carriage and
terms of carriage, strategic transactions, and infrastructure
access, and the potential for new or increased fees or costs.
All such changes in the regulatory regime may have a material
adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as Shaw
operations, financial results and/or future prospects.

Economic Conditions

The Canadian economy is affected by uncertainty in global
financial and equity markets and slowdowns in national and/
or global economic growth. Changes in economic conditions,

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

43

which may differ across our regional footprint, may affect
discretionary consumer and business spending, resulting in
increased or decreased demand for Shaw’s product offerings.
Current or future events caused by volatility in domestic or
international economic conditions or a decline in economic
growth may have a material adverse effect on Shaw, its
operations and/or financial results.

Total Business Transformation and Voluntary
Departure Program

In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company
introduced TBT, a multi-year initiative designed to reinvent
Shaw’s operating model to better meet the changing tastes
and expectations of consumers and businesses by optimizing
the use of resources, maintaining and ultimately improving
customer service, and by reducing staff. Three key elements
of TBT are to: 1) shift customer interactions to digital
platforms; 2) drive more self-install and self-serve; and 3)
streamline the organization that builds and services our
network. As part of the TBT initiative, the Company also plans
to reduce input costs, consolidate functions, and streamline
processes, which is expected to create operational
improvements across the business allowing it to evolve into a
more efficient organization.

There is an overall risk that the TBT initiative may not be
completed in a timely and cost-effective manner to yield the
expected results and benefits or result in a leaner, more
integrated and agile company with improved efficiencies and
execution to better meet its consumers’ needs and
expectations (including the products and services offered to
its customers). Specifically, there is a risk that the Company
may not be able to: (i) establish and continue to upgrade a
digital platform that will effectively engage customers, (ii)
successfully adopt a digital platform that will yield the
expected results and benefits, including maintaining the
quality of customer service, protecting the security of
customer information, and coordinating the delivery of
product and service offerings; (iii) deploy programs that will
result in customers using the self-serve functions and electing
to self-install the Company’s products and services; and (iv)
consolidate and streamline the functions and processes of the
divisions responsible for building and servicing its networks.
The realization of any of these risks may have a material
adverse effect on Shaw, its operations and/or financial results.

As a first step in the TBT, the VDP was offered to eligible
employees. The outcome of the program had approximately
3,300 Shaw employees accepting the VDP package
representing approximately 25% of all employees. As part of
the program design, the majority of customer-facing
employees (i.e. Customer Care, Retail, Sales) were not
eligible to participate in the VDP. A large portion of
employees who elected to participate in the VDP are in
functions that will be addressed through the aforementioned
key elements of the TBT and Shaw has control over the
timing of employee departures across the Company through

an actively managed, orderly transition over an 18-month
period. In select functions, the Company determined that
some employees will transition over a 24-month period, an
extension from the 18-month period initially expected.
Related to the VDP, approximately 1,300 employees departed
the Company in fiscal 2018.

With approximately 3,300 employees accepting the VDP
package, there is a risk that the Company may not be able to:
(i) complete the employee exits with minimal impact on
business operations within the anticipated timeframes and for
the budgeted amounts, (ii) replace or outsource the functions
performed by certain key employees that have accepted the
VDP package in a manner that aligns with customer
expectations which may have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s business operations, (iii) continue to operate the
business in the normal course, and maintain or improve
customer services, (iv) maintain employee morale as a result
of the organizational changes, staff and cost reductions; (v)
ensure that the staff reductions will reduce costs, and achieve
the financial goals, cost competitiveness and profitability
required to be attractive to investors. In addition, there can
be no assurance that restructuring costs of the VDP will be
limited to the budgeted amounts or that the expected
annualized cost reductions from the VDP (including
reductions in operating and capital expenditures will be
realized within the expected time frames or at all). The
realization of any of these risks may have a material adverse
effect on Shaw, its operations and/or financial results.

Interest Rates, Foreign Exchange Rates and
Capital Markets
Shaw has the following financial risks in its day-to-day
operations:

(a)

Interest rates: Due to the capital-intensive nature of
Shaw’s operations, the Company uses long-term
financing extensively in its capital structure. The
primary components of this structure include banking
facilities and various Canadian denominated senior
notes and debentures with varying maturities issued in
the public markets. These are more fully described in
Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest on bank indebtedness is based on floating
rates while the senior notes are all fixed-rate
obligations. If required, Shaw uses its credit facility to
finance day-to-day operations and, depending on
market conditions, periodically converts the bank loans
to fixed-rate instruments through public market debt
issues. Increases in interest rates may have a material
adverse effect on Shaw, its operations and/or its
financial results.

As at August 31, 2018, virtually all of Shaw’s
consolidated long-term debt was fixed with respect to
interest rates.

(b)

Capital markets: Shaw requires ongoing access to
capital markets to support our operations. Changes in
capital market conditions, including significant changes

44

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

in market interest rates or lending practices, or changes
in Shaw’s credit ratings, may adversely affect our ability
to raise or refinance short-term or long-term debt and
therefore may have a material adverse effect on Shaw,
its operations and/or its financial results.

Shaw manages its exposure to floating interest rates by
maintaining a mix of fixed and floating rate debt. Interest on the
Company’s unsecured banking facility and the recently
implemented accounts receivable securitization program are
based on floating rates, while the senior notes are all fixed rate
obligations.

The Company may also enter into forward contracts to
mitigate its exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate
risk. While hedging and other efforts to manage these risks
are intended to mitigate Shaw’s risk exposure, because of the
inherent nature and risk of such transactions, those activities
can result in losses. For instance, if Shaw hedges its floating
interest rate exposure, it may forego the benefits that may
otherwise be experienced if rates were to fall and it is subject
to credit risks associated with the counterparties with whom it
contracts. In order to minimize the risk of counterparty
default under its swap agreements, Shaw assesses the
creditworthiness of its swap counterparties. Further
information concerning the policy and use of derivative
financial instruments is contained in Notes 2 and 28 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Equity Investment in Corus

As at August 31, 2018, the Company owned 80,630,383
Class B non-voting shareholdings representing 38% of Corus’
the total issued equity of Class A and Class B shares. Corus
operates a portfolio of multimedia offerings comprised of
specialty television services, radio stations, conventional
television stations, a global content business, digital assets,
live events, children’s book publishing, animation software,
technology and media services (see “Equity Interest in
Corus”). Each of these businesses faces competition,
including competition for subscribers, advertising customers
and engaging content. Corus’ performance affects the value
of the Company’s investment in Corus and the Company’s
financial results. Corus’ performance may not meet the
Company’s expectations (including in respect of Corus’
payment of a regular dividend) in the near and/or long term.

As Corus is a publicly traded company, its value to the
Company may be determined by market factors that do not
reflect its intrinsic value. This may limit the Company’s ability
to market its interest in Corus at a price that reflects the
intrinsic value of Corus to the Company.

Programming Expenses

Expenses for video programming continue to be one of our
most significant single expense items to Shaw. Costs
continue to increase, particularly for sports programming. In
addition, as we add programming or distribute existing

programming to more of our subscriber base, programming
expenses increase. Although we have been successful at
reducing the impact of these cost increases through the sale
of additional services or increasing subscriber rates, there can
be no assurance that we will continue to be able to do so and
this may have a material adverse effect on Shaw, its
operations and/or its financial results.

Satellite
Shaw uses three satellites (Anik F2, Anik F1R and Anik G1)
owned by Telesat Canada (“Telesat”) to provide satellite
services in our Consumer and Business Network Services
divisions. The Company owns certain transponders on Anik F2
and has long-term capacity service agreements in place in
respect of transponders on Anik F1R, Anik F2 and Anik G1.
While the Company intends to renew or replace some or all of
these long-term capacity service agreements as they expire,
there can be no assurance that replacement transponder
capacity will be available or that such agreements will be
entered into on favourable terms or in similar amounts, which
may have a material adverse effect on customer service and
customer relationships, as well as the Company’s reputation,
operations and/or financial results.

The Company does not maintain any insurance coverage for
the transponders on Anik F1R, Anik F2 and Anik G1 as it
believes the costs are uneconomic relative to the benefit
which could be otherwise derived through an arrangement with
Telesat. As collateral for the transponder capacity
pre-payments that were made by the Company to facilitate the
construction of the satellite, the Company maintains a security
interest in the transponder capacity and any related insurance
proceeds that Telesat recovers in connection with an insured
loss event.

The Company does not maintain business interruption
insurance covering damage or loss to one or more of the
satellites as it believes the premium costs are uneconomic
relative to the risk of satellite failure. The majority of
transponder capacity is available to the Company on an
unprotected, non-pre-emptible basis, in both the case of the
Anik F2 transponders that are owned by Shaw and the Anik
F1R, Anik F2 and Anik G1 transponders that are secured
through capacity service agreements. The Company has
priority access to spare transponders on Anik F1R, Anik F2
and Anik G1 in the case of interruption, subject to availability.
In the event of satellite failure, service will only be restored as
capacity becomes available. Restoration of satellite service on
another satellite may require repositioning or re-pointing of
customers’ receiving dishes, an upgrade of their video terminal
or customers may require a larger dish. The Anik G1 satellite
has a switch feature that allows whole channel services
(transponders and available spares) to be switched from
extended Ku-band to Ku-band, which provides the Company
with limited back-up to restore failed whole channel services
of Anik F1R. Satellite failure could negatively affect levels of
customer service and customer relationships and may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as
Shaw’s operations and/or financial results.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

45

Network Failure

Shaw’s business may be interrupted by wireline or wireless
network failures, including its own or third party networks.
Such network failures may be caused by fire damage, natural
disaster, power loss, hacking, computer viruses, disabling
devices, acts of war or terrorism and other events which may
be beyond Shaw’s control.

As insurance premium costs are uneconomic relative to the
risk of failure, Shaw self-insures the plant in its HFC network.
It is likely that wireline or wireless network damage caused by
any one incident would be limited by geographic area and the
resulting business interruption and financial damages would
be also limited. In addition, with respect to a wireline network
failure, we expect the risk of loss to be mitigated as most of
the backbone fibre network and much of the HFC access
network is located underground.

Shaw protects its wireline network through a number of
measures including physical and information technology
security, and ongoing maintenance and placement of insurance
on our network equipment and data centres, including the
Calgary1 data centre. In the past, the Company has successfully
recovered from network damage caused by natural disasters
without significant cost or disruption of service.

Shaw protects its wireless network and mitigates wireless
network failure through physical and information technology
security, ongoing maintenance, and by carrying insurance on
its wireless network equipment.

Despite the steps Shaw takes to reduce the risk of wireline
and wireless network failure, failures may still occur, and
such failures could negatively affect levels of customer
service and relationships which may have a material adverse
effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as its operations
and/or financial results.

Cyber Security Risks

Although Shaw’s systems and network architecture are
designed and operated to be secure, they are vulnerable to
the risks of an unauthorized third party accessing these
systems or its network. This could lead to a number of
adverse consequences, including the unavailability,
disruption or loss of Shaw’s services or key functionalities
within Shaw’s technology systems or software or the
unauthorized disclosure, corruption or loss of sensitive
company, customer or personal information. Our insurance
may not cover or be adequate to fully reimburse us for any
associated costs and losses.

We continue to assess and enhance our cyber security within
Shaw while we are monitoring the risks of cyber attacks and
implement appropriate security policies, procedures and
information technology systems to mitigate the risk of cyber
attacks.

External threats to our network are constantly changing, and
there is no assurance that Shaw will be able to protect its
network from all future threats which may have a material
adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as Shaw’s
operations and/or financial results.

Information Systems and Internal Business
Processes
Many aspects of the Company’s businesses depend to a large
extent on various information technology (IT) systems and
software, and on internal business processes. Shaw regularly
undertakes initiatives to update and improve these systems
and processes. Although the Company has taken steps to
reduce the risks of failure of these systems and processes,
there can be no assurance that potential failures of, or
deficiencies in, these systems, processes or change initiatives
will not have a material adverse effect on Shaw and its
reputation, as well as Shaw’s operations and/or financial
results.

Reliance on Suppliers
Shaw is connected to or relies on other telecommunication
carriers and certain utilities to conduct its business. Any
disruption to the services provided by these suppliers,
including labour strikes and other work disruptions,
bankruptcies, technical difficulties or other events affecting
the business operations of these carriers or utilities may
affect Shaw’s ability to operate and, therefore may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as
Shaw’s operations and/or financial results.

The Company sources its customer premise and capital
equipment, capital builds as well as portions of its service
offerings from certain key suppliers. While the Company has
alternate sources for many of these purchases, the loss of a
key supplier may adversely affect the Company’s ability to
operate, and therefore may have a material adverse effect on
Shaw, its operations and/or its financial results. There are a
limited number of suppliers of popular mobile devices and
there is a risk that the Company will not be able to maintain
contracts for its existing supply of mobile devices and/or
contract for the supply of new devices on commercially
reasonable terms.

Litigation
Shaw and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation matters
arising in the ordinary course and conduct of its business,
whether in Canada or the US. Although management does not
expect that the outcome of these matters will have a material
adverse effect on the Company, there can be no assurance
that these matters, or other legal matters that arise in the
future, will not have a material adverse effect on Shaw and its
reputation, as well as Shaw’s operations and/or financial
results.

Taxes
Shaw’s business is subject to various tax laws, changes to tax
laws and the adoption of new tax laws, regulations thereunder

46

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

and interpretations thereof, which may have adverse tax
consequences to Shaw.

While Shaw believes it has adequately provided for all income
and commodity taxes based on information that is currently
available, the calculation and the applicability of taxes in many
cases require significant judgment in interpreting tax rules and
regulations. In addition, Shaw’s tax filings are subject to
government audits which could result in material changes in the
amount of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities
and other liabilities which may, in certain circumstances, result
in the assessment of interest and penalties.

Concerns about Alleged Health Risks relating
to Radiofrequency Emissions

Concerns about alleged health risks relating to radiofrequency
emissions may adversely affect our Wireless division and our
Shaw Go WiFi operations. Some studies have alleged that
links exist between radiofrequency emissions from certain
wireless devices and cell sites and various health problems or
possible interference with electronic medical devices,
including hearing aids and pacemakers. The Company
complies with all applicable laws and regulations. Further,
the Company relies on suppliers of wireless network
equipment and customer equipment to meet or exceed all
applicable regulatory and safety requirements. No definitive
evidence exists of harmful effects from exposure to
radiofrequency emissions when legal limits are complied with.
Additional studies of radiofrequency emissions are ongoing
and we cannot be certain of results, which could result in
additional or more restrictive regulation or exposure to
potential litigation.

Acquisitions, Dispositions and Other Strategic
Transactions

Shaw may from time to time make acquisitions to expand its
existing businesses or to enter into sectors in which Shaw
does not currently operate, dispositions to focus on core
offerings or enter into other strategic transactions. Such
acquisitions, dispositions and/or strategic transactions may
fail to realize the anticipated benefits, result in unexpected
costs and/or Shaw may have difficulty incorporating or
integrating the acquired business, any of which may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw, its operations and/or
financial results.

Holding company structure

Substantially all of Shaw’s business activities are operated by
its subsidiaries. As a holding company, our ability to meet our
financial obligations is dependent primarily upon the receipt
of interest and principal payments on intercompany advances,
management fees, cash dividends and other payments from
our subsidiaries together with proceeds raised by the
Company through the issuance of equity and the incurrence
of debt, and from proceeds received on the sale of assets.

The payment of dividends and the making of loans, advances
and other payments to Shaw by its subsidiaries may be
subject to statutory or contractual restrictions, are contingent
upon the earnings of those subsidiaries and are subject to
various business and other considerations.

Control of the Company

Class A Shares are the only shares entitled to vote on all
shareholder matters. Voting control of the Company is held by
SFLT and its subsidiaries, which hold, for the benefit of
descendants of JR and Carol Shaw, 17,562,400 Class A
Shares, being approximately 78% of the issued and
outstanding shares of such class as at August 31, 2018. The
sole trustee of SFLT is a private company owned by JR Shaw
and having a board comprised of seven directors, including
JR Shaw (chair), Bradley S. Shaw, four other members of
JR Shaw’s family, and one independent director. Accordingly,
JR Shaw, through SFLT, its subsidiaries and its trustee, is
able to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company and to control any vote by the holders of Class A
Shares.

Dividend Payments are not Guaranteed

Shaw currently pays monthly common share and quarterly
preferred share dividends in amounts approved on a quarterly
basis by the Board of Directors. Over the long term, Shaw
expects to continue to pay dividends from its free cash flow;
however, balance sheet cash and/or credit facilities may be
used to stabilize dividends from time to time. Although Shaw
intends to make regular dividend payments, dividends are not
guaranteed as actual results may differ from expectations and
there can be no assurance that the Company will continue
common or preferred share dividend payments at the current
level. In addition to the standard legislated solvency and
liquidity tests that must be met, the Company would not be
able to declare and pay dividends if there was an event of
default or a pending event of default would result (as a
consequence of declaring and paying dividends) under its
credit facilities.

Talent Management and Succession Planning

Our success is substantially dependent upon the retention
and the continued performance of our executive officers.
Many of these executive officers are uniquely qualified in
their areas of expertise, making it difficult to replace their
services in the short to medium term. The loss of the services
of any key executives and/or employees in critical roles or
inadequate processes designed to attract, develop, motivate
and retain productive and engaged employees could have a
material adverse effect on Shaw, its operations and/or
financial results.

To mitigate this risk, the Company’s comprehensive
compensation program is designed to attract, retain, motivate
and reward the executive team and key employees by aligning
management’s interest with our business objectives and

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

47

performance. Furthermore, the Company conducts annual
succession planning to identify and develop key leaders to
build capabilities and experiences required for the future.

Labour Relations

As of August 31, 2018, approximately 5.5% of our
employees are represented by unions under collective
bargaining agreements. While the Company strives to
maintain positive labour relations, we can neither predict the
outcome of current or future negotiations relating to labour
disputes, union representation or renewal of collective
bargaining agreements, nor be able to avoid future work
stoppages, strikes or other forms of labour protests pending
the outcome of any current or future negotiations. A
prolonged work stoppage, strike or other form of labour
protest could have a material adverse effect on our
businesses, operations and reputation. Even if the Company
does not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests,
the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our
businesses and results of operations. In addition, our ability
to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and
benefits costs could be limited by the terms of such collective
bargaining agreements.

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS

Given the level of change occurring across the organization in
connection with the VDP and TBT, the Company has held
various round tables with senior leaders, created cross
functional work groups to address day-to-day operational
issues and provided education for leaders on how to manage
change and maintain positive employee engagement and
relations.

DISCUSSION OF OPERATIONS AND
FOURTH QUARTER

To comply with the requirements of Items 1.4 (Discussion of
Operations) and 1.10 (Fourth Quarter) of Form 51-102F1 of
National Instrument 51-102, the sections entitled
“Discussion of Operations” and “Overview” in the Company’s
Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the fourth quarter
and year ended August 31, 2018 (the “2018 Fourth Quarter
MD&A”) are incorporated by reference herein. The 2018
Fourth Quarter MD&A can be found on SEDAR at
www.sedar.com

Operating
income
before
restructuring
costs and
amortization(1)

Net income
from
continuing
operations
attributable
to equity
shareholders

Net income
attributable
to equity
shareholders

Net
income(2)

Basic earnings
per share
from
continuing
operations

Diluted
earnings
per share
from
continuing
operations

Basic
earnings
per share

Diluted
earnings
per share

Quarter

Revenue

(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)
2018
Fourth
Third
Second
First

1,336
1,300
1,355
1,248

200
(91)
(164)
121

560
547
501
481

Total

2017

Fourth
Third
Second
First

Total

5,239

2,089

66

1,244
1,216
1,206
1,216

4,882

479
511
503
504

1,997

149
164
150
94

557

200
(91)
(164)
115

60

481
133
147
90

851

200
(91)
(164)
115

60

481
133
147
90

851

0.39
(0.18)
(0.33)
0.23

0.11

0.30
0.33
0.30
0.19

1.12

0.39
(0.18)
(0.33)
0.23

0.39
(0.18)
(0.33)
0.22

0.39
(0.18)
(0.33)
0.22

0.11

0.10

0.10

0.29
0.33
0.30
0.19

1.11

0.97
0.27
0.30
0.18

1.72

0.96
0.27
0.30
0.18

1.71

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.
(2) Net income attributable to both equity shareholders and non-controlling interests.

48

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

F18 Q4
vs
F18 Q3

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, net income improved by $291 million compared to the third quarter of fiscal
2018 primarily due to an impairment charge of $284 million related to the Company’s investment in Corus
recorded in the prior quarter.

F18 Q3
vs
F18 Q2

F18 Q2
vs
F18 Q1

F18 Q1
vs
F17 Q4

F17 Q4
vs
F17 Q3

F17 Q3
vs
F17 Q2

F17 Q2
vs
F17 Q1

F17 Q1
vs
F16 Q4

In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, net income increased $73 million compared to the second quarter of fiscal
2018 mainly due to the quarter-over-quarter decrease in restructuring costs of $404 million and an increase in
operating income before restructuring costs and amortization. The increase was partially offset by impairment
charge of $284 million in the third quarter related to the Company’s investment in Corus Entertainment Inc. and
higher income taxes.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, net income decreased $279 million compared to the first quarter of fiscal
2018 mainly due to $417 million of restructuring costs recorded during the quarter related to the Company’s TBT
initiative which is composed primarily of the costs associated with the VDP. The decrease was partially offset by a
deferred tax recovery relating to the restructuring charges as well as an increase in operating income before
restructuring costs and amortization.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2018, net income decreased $366 million compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal
2017 mainly due to the $330 million gain on divestiture, net of tax, of ViaWest, as well as an $11 million non-
operating provision recovery in the prior quarter.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, net income increased $348 million compared to the third quarter of fiscal
2017 mainly due to the gain on divestiture, net of tax, of ViaWest, and lower current quarter restructuring costs.
The increase was partially offset by a decrease in operating income before restructuring costs and amortization,
higher amortization, lower equity income from our investment in Corus and higher income taxes. Net other costs and
revenue changed primarily due to a $14 million decrease in income from an equity accounted associate and an
$11 million provision reversal related to the wind down of shomi in the quarter.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2017, net income decreased $14 million compared to the second quarter of fiscal
2017 mainly due to third quarter restructuring costs and losses on discontinued operations, net of tax, as well as
increased amortization. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in operating income before restructuring
costs and amortization and lower income taxes. Net other costs and revenue changed primarily due to a $16 million
increase in income from an equity accounted associate and a $15 million provision reversal related to the wind
down of shomi in the quarter.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2017, net income increased $57 million compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2017
mainly due to a non-recurring provision related to the wind down of shomi operations recorded in the first quarter,
partially offset by an increase in amortization and income taxes. Also contributing to the increased net income were
lower restructuring costs, partially offset by lower equity income from our investment in Corus. Net other costs and
revenue changed primarily due to a provision of $107 million recorded in the prior quarter relating to shomi
operations partially offset by a $17 million decrease in income from an equity accounted associate in the quarter.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2017, net income decreased $64 million compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016
mainly due to a non-recurring provision related to the wind down of shomi operations included in net other costs
and revenue for the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Also contributing to the decreased net income was lower operating
income before restructuring costs and amortization, higher restructuring charges and lower income from
discontinued operations, partially offset by lower income taxes. Net other costs and revenue changed primarily due
to a $107 million impairment of the Company’s joint venture investment in shomi and a $27 million increase in
income from an equity accounted associate in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

While financial results for the Company are generally not subject to significant seasonal fluctuations, subscriber activity may
fluctuate from one quarter to another. Subscriber activity may also be affected by competition and Shaw’s promotional activity.
Further, satellite subscriber activity is modestly higher around the summer time when more subscribers have second homes in
use. Shaw’s Wireline, Satellite, Wireless or Data Centre businesses do not depend on any single customer or concentration of
customers.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

49

The following further assists in explaining the trend of quarterly revenue and operating income before restructuring costs and
amortization:

Growth (losses) in subscriber statistics as follows:

Subscriber Statistics

Video – Cable

Video – Satellite

Internet

Phone

Total Consumer

Video – Cable

Video – Satellite

Internet

Phone

Total Business

Total Wireline

Wireless – Postpaid

Wireless – Prepaid

Total Wireless

Total Subscribers

2018

Opening

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Ending

1,671,277 (18,008)

(17,715)

(16,332)

(33,990) 1,585,232

773,542 (20,505)

(4,301)

9,066

(7,399)

750,403

1,861,009

17,694

5,476

(3,754)

(3,481) 1,876,944

925,531 (17,418)

(14,842)

(13,264)

(26,160)

853,847

5,231,359 (38,237)

(31,382)

(24,284)

(71,030) 5,066,426

51,039

31,535

170,644

(705)

(512)

(494)

1,330

162

531

813

(400)

(251)

(77)

49,606

34,831

172,859

354,912

1,947

1,734

8,195

327,199

6,097

4,655

8,766

580,417

4,386

5,747

9,859

11,799

612,208

5,811,776 (33,851)

(25,635)

(14,425)

(59,231) 5,678,634

764,091

33,050

93,508

54,189

84,882 1,029,720

383,082

1,260

(3,806)

(7,530)

132

373,138

1,147,173

34,310

89,702

46,659

85,014 1,402,858

6,958,949

459

64,067

32,234

25,783 7,081,492

Subscriber Statistics

Opening

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Ending

2017

Video –Cable
Video –Satellite
Internet
Phone

Total Consumer

Video –Cable
Video –Satellite
Internet
Phone

Total Business

Total Wireline

Wireless –Postpaid
Wireless – Prepaid

Total Wireless

Total Subscribers

1,671,059 (13,146)
790,574 (15,669)
16,964
956,763 (17,845)

1,787,642

(7,124) 12,921
(4,611)
6,531
20,892
13,466
(1,827)
(7,025)

7,567 1,671,277
(3,283)
773,542
22,045 1,861,009
925,531
(4,535)

5,206,038 (29,696)

(5,294) 38,517

21,794 5,231,359

61,153
30,994
179,867
301,328

(3,198)
(35)
(2,867)
5,364

(4,480)
1,041
(3,856)
5,692

47
(1,009)
(435)
7,253

(2,483)
544
(2,065)
7,562

51,039
31,535
170,644
327,199

573,342

(736)

(1,603)

5,856

3,558

580,417

5,779,380 (30,432)

(6,897) 44,373

25,352 5,811,776

667,028
376,260

14,307
(4,837)

33,582
(155)

20,085

29,089
(111) 11,925

764,091
383,082

1,043,288

9,470

33,427

19,974

41,014 1,147,173

6,822,668 (20,962) 26,530

64,347

66,366 6,958,949

50

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW OF FISCAL 2018 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)

2018

2017

2016

Change

2018
%

2017
%

Operations:
Revenue
Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization (1)
Operating margin (1)
Funds flow from continuing operations (2)
Net income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income
Free cash flow (1)

Balance sheet:
Total assets
Long-term financial liabilities

Long-term debt (including current portion)
Other financial liabilities

Per share data:

Basic earnings per share
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Weighted average number of participating shares outstanding during

period (millions)

Cash dividends declared per share

Class A
Class B

5,239
2,089

4,882
1,997

4,518
1,978

7.3
4.6
39.9% 40.9% 43.8% (1.0pts)
(17.7)
1,388
(88.2)
487
753 >(100.0)
(92.9)
(6.2)

1,530
557
294
851
438

1,259
66
(6)
60
411

1,240
482

8.1
1.0
(2.9pts)
10.2
14.4
(61.0)
(31.4)
(9.1)

14,424 14,373 15,382

4,311
–

4,300
1

5,612
5

0.11
(0.01)

0.10

0.11
(0.01)

0.10

1.12
0.60

1.72

1.11
0.60

1.71

0.99
1.52

2.51

0.99
1.52

2.51

502

491

480

1.1825 1.1825 1.1825
1.1850 1.1850 1.1850

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.
(2) Funds flow from operations is presented before changes in non-cash working capital as presented in the Consolidated

Statements of Cash Flows.

Fiscal 2018 Highlights

(cid:129) Revenue for fiscal 2018 improved 7.3% to $5.24 billion from $4.88 billion in 2017.

(cid:129) Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization of $2.089 billion in fiscal 2018 was up 4.6% over prior year’s

$2.0 billion.

(cid:129) Net income was $60 million for fiscal 2018 compared to $851 million in 2017.

(cid:129) Earnings per share were $0.10 in fiscal 2018 compared to $1.72 in 2017.

(cid:129) Consolidated free cash flow in fiscal 2018 was $411 million compared to $438 million in 2017.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

51

(cid:129) During 2018, the Company’s dividend rates on Shaw’s Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares
were $1.1825 and $1.1850, respectively. Dividends paid in 2018 were $605 million gross of amounts attributed to the dividend
reinvestment plan.

Corporate

(cid:129) In the first quarter of fiscal 2018, Shaw implemented its previously announced changes to the structure of its operating
divisions to improve overall efficiency while enhancing its ability to grow as a leading Canadian connectivity company.
Shaw’s previously existing Consumer and Business Network Services divisions were combined to form a new Wireline division
with no changes to the existing Wireless division.

(cid:129) In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company introduced TBT, a multi-year initiative designed to reinvent Shaw’s

operating model to better meet the evolving needs and expectations of consumers and businesses by optimizing the use of
resources, maintaining and ultimately improving customer service, and by reducing staff. Three key elements of the
transformation are to: 1) shift customer interactions to digital platforms; 2) drive more self-install and self-serve; and, 3)
streamline the organization that builds and services the networks.

(cid:129) As a first step in the TBT, a voluntary departure program, or VDP, was offered to eligible employees. The outcome of the

program resulted in approximately 3,300 Shaw employees accepting the VDP package representing approximately 25% of all
employees at that time. Related to the VDP, approximately 1,300 employees departed the Company in fiscal 2018.

(cid:129) In fiscal 2018, the Company incurred a total restructuring charge of $446 million related to severance and other employee
related costs, as well as additional costs directly associated with the TBT initiative. As the restructuring activities related to
the TBT initiative have been substantially completed, the total restructuring charge is not expected to exceed $450 million.

(cid:129) The anticipated annualized savings, which include reductions in operating expenses and capital expenditures (i.e. labour
costs that can be identified or associated with a capital project), related to the VDP, are expected to be approximately
$215 million and will be fully realized in fiscal 2020. Shaw expects these cost reductions to be weighted 60% to operating
expenses and 40% to capital expenditure being approximately $130 and $85 million, respectively. VDP related cost
reductions in fiscal 2018 totaled $47 million, of which $39 million were attributed to operating expenses and $8 million
attributed to capital expenditures. (For further detail see “Total Business Transformation and Voluntary Departure Program”).

(cid:129) In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company incurred an impairment charge of $284 million related to its investment in

Corus.

Financing Activities

(cid:129) On June 19, 2018, the Company established an accounts receivable securitization program with a Canadian financial

institution which allows it to sell certain trade receivables into the program. As at August 31, 2018, the proceeds of the
sales were committed up to a maximum of $100 million, with $40 million currently drawn under the program.

(cid:129) On November 2, 2018, the Company closed its offering of $1 billion of senior notes, comprised of $500 million principal

amount of 3.80% senior notes due 2023 and $500 million principal amount of 4.40% senior notes due 2028.

(cid:129) On November 21, 2018, the Company amended the terms of its bank credit facility to extend the maturity date to December

2023. This credit facility is used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Wireless – Freedom Mobile

(cid:129) In fiscal 2018, Freedom Mobile added over 255,000 subscribers which was complemented, on an annual basis, by an
ARPU improvement of 6.1% (to $39.26) over fiscal 2017, reflecting the appeal of its differentiated value proposition.

(cid:129) In October 2017, Freedom Mobile launched the Big Gig data plans, targeting a data-centric customer with 10 GB of data for

only $50 per month – unlike any other plan offered in Canada at that time.

(cid:129) On November 22, 2017 Freedom Mobile began pre-selling iPhoneX, iPhone 8 and 8 Plus at all Freedom Mobile retail

locations across Canada.

(cid:129) In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company completed the re-farm of 10 MHz of AWS-1 spectrum across Freedom

Mobile’s footprint, significantly expanding Freedom Mobile’s addressable market as the AWS-1 spectrum supports nearly all
LTE devices currently in use in Canada.

(cid:129) In May 2018, the Company completed its first successful 5G trials in Calgary by leveraging 28GHz mmWave and 3.5GHz

spectrum in collaboration with Nokia, CableLabs and Rode & Schwarz.

52

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

(cid:129) In fiscal 2018, the Company successfully upgraded and deployed 2500 MHz spectrum in high traffic sites in the GTA,
Calgary, Edmonton, and Vancouver and commenced the deployment of 700 MHz spectrum later in the year which is
expected to continue throughout fiscal 2019. This step, the deployment of the 2500 MHz spectrum, along with the
completion of the re-farming of 10 MHz of the Company’s existing AWS-1 spectrum to LTE in the second quarter of fiscal
2018 resulted in a large majority of the Company’s existing customers migrating from 3G to LTE service using their exiting
devices.

(cid:129) In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company launched voice over LTE, or VoLTE nationwide across all three of its LTE
spectrum bands – AWS-1, AWS-3, and 2500 MHz – offering customers with compatible devices a significant improvement
in voice quality and a reduction in call set-up time.

(cid:129) During 2018, Freedom Mobile continued to expand its retail network by entering into distribution agreements with Loblaws
and Walmart. Freedom Mobile products and services are currently being distributed in approximately 100 Loblaws’ “The
Mobile Shop” locations and approximately 140 Walmart locations throughout Ontario, Alberta and British Columbia. When
combined with our existing corporate and dealer store network, we remain on track to have approximately 600 retail
locations expected to be operational in early 2019.

Wireline – Consumer & Business

(cid:129) On September 15, 2017, the Company sold a group of assets comprising the operations of Shaw Tracking, a fleet tracking

operation, to Omnitracs LLC for proceeds of approximately US$20 million.

(cid:129) In December 2017, Shaw Business launched SmartSurveillance, an enterprise-grade managed video surveillance solution

designed to help owners monitor and protect their businesses while providing valuable analytical insights.

(cid:129) In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company deployed the latest DOCSIS 3.1 advanced XB6 Wi-Fi modem, powered by
Comcast, which enables faster internet speeds, supports more devices and ensures a stronger in-home internet connection.
DOCSIS 3.1 represents the latest development in a set of technologies that increase the capability of a hybrid fibre-coax
network to transmit data both to and from customer premises.

(cid:129) During fiscal 2018, the Company continued to improve its BlueSky platform, powered by Comcast’s next generation X1

platform, which features a voice controlled remote and advanced search, by integrating both Netflix and YouTube seamlessly
with live TV, video-on-demand and recorded content.

(cid:129) In July 2018, the Company launched Internet 300 with download speeds of up to 300 megabits-per-second:

(cid:129) The Consumer division launched Internet 300 with unlimited data which is available across virtually all of Shaw’s

Western Canadian footprint.

(cid:129) Shaw Business launched:

(cid:129) Internet 300 with unlimited data, making it easier for Shaw Business customers to share files through cloud storage

services, video conference with colleagues, and operate point of sale systems more efficiently; and

(cid:129) SmartWiFi 300, an enterprise-grade WiFi solution, that provides simultaneous device connections, instant analytics,

three separate networks, and bandwidth allocation (to monitor and limit usage for heavy data users).

Fiscal 2017 Highlights

(cid:129) Revenue for fiscal 2017 improved 8.1% to $4.88 billion from $4.52 billion in 2016.

(cid:129) Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization of $2.0 billion in fiscal 2017 was up 1.0% over prior year’s

$1.98 billion.

(cid:129) Net income was $851 million for fiscal 2017 compared to $1.24 billion in 2016.

(cid:129) Earnings per share were $1.72 in fiscal 2017 compared to $2.51 in 2016.

(cid:129) Consolidated free cash flow in fiscal 2017 was $438 million compared to $482 million in 2016.

(cid:129) During 2017, the Company’s dividend rates on Shaw’s Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares were

$1.1825 and $1.1850, respectively. Dividends paid in 2017 were $595 million gross of amounts attributed to the dividend
reinvestment plan.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

53

Corporate

On August 1, 2017, the Company sold 100% of its wholly-owned subsidiary ViaWest, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively,
“ViaWest”) for approximately US$1.675 billion in cash.

(cid:129) The Company enhanced its wireless network capabilities through the acquisition of wireless spectrum licences from

Quebecor on July 24, 2017 for $430 million. The acquired spectrum licences comprise 10 MHz licences of 700 MHz
spectrum in each of British Columbia, Alberta and Southern Ontario, as well as the 20 MHz licences of the 2500 MHz
spectrum in each of Vancouver, Edmonton, Calgary and Toronto.

Financing Activities

(cid:129) On December 15, 2016, the Company extended the term of its five-year $1.5 billion bank credit facility from December

2019 to December 2021. This credit facility is used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

(cid:129) The Company conducted a number of capital market activities, including:

(cid:129) the extension of its dividend reinvestment plan in respect of its Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting

Participating Shares to eligible shareholders who are residents of the United States;

(cid:129) the issuance of 3.80% $300 million senior unsecured notes due March 1, 2027;

(cid:129) the repayment of $400 million senior unsecured notes due March 2, 2017; and

(cid:129) the repayment of US$846 million in borrowings under the Company’s and ViaWest’s credit facilities related to the sale of

ViaWest.

(cid:129) The Company participated in Corus’ dividend reinvestment program for its initial investment in Corus Class B non-voting

participating shares until September 1, 2017.

Wireless – Freedom Mobile

(cid:129) The Company continued to improve its network performance with the rollout of Freedom Mobile’s LTE-Advanced network to

all its existing markets, on schedule and on budget, as of the end of fiscal 2017.

(cid:129) Freedom Mobile’s handset lineup continued to expand in fiscal 2017, with Apple, LG, Samsung, Sony and ZTE all being

compatible with its AWS-3 LTE network.

Wireline – Consumer & Business

(cid:129) In fiscal 2017, the Company began to deploy its newest generation of cable modem termination system equipment referred
to as the Converged Cable Access Platform (“CCAP”) into its serving hubs. CCAP significantly enhances the capabilities of
Shaw’s cable network and enabling it to leverage the next generation of cable access technology known as DOCSIS 3.1.

(cid:129) Shomi, the over-the-top streaming platform that launched as a joint venture of Shaw and Rogers Communications Inc.

(“Rogers”) in fiscal 2015 was wound down with its operations and service ending on November 30, 2016. As a result, Shaw
incurred investment losses of $82 million in fiscal 2017 relating to shomi’s liabilities in connection with the wind down of
the shomi joint venture.

(cid:129) The Company launched the market leading, BlueSky TV which is based on Comcast’s X1 video platform. BlueSky TV was

launched in phases, with the initial launch in Calgary followed by the Vancouver launch in February and the national launch
in April 2017.

(cid:129) The Company continued to expand its Shaw Go WiFi build-out. As at August 31, 2017, the Company had approximately
100,000 Shaw Go WiFi access points installed and operating throughout the network and over 3.3 million devices using
Shaw Go WiFi. Moreover, the Company has leveraged its Wi-Fi access points to improve network coverage for Freedom
Mobile customers which represents an important step in Shaw’s converged network strategy.

54

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Fiscal 2016 Highlights

(cid:129) Revenue for fiscal 2016 improved 7.4% to $4.52 billion from $4.21 billion in fiscal 2015.

(cid:129) Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization of $1.98 billion in fiscal 2016 was up 2.4% over fiscal 2015

amount of $1.93 billion.

(cid:129) Net income was $1.24 billion for fiscal 2016 compared to $880 million in 2015.

(cid:129) Earnings per share were $2.51 in fiscal 2016 compared to $1.80 in 2015.

(cid:129) Consolidated free cash flow in fiscal 2016 was $482 million compared to $653 million in 2015.

(cid:129) During 2016, the Company’s dividend rates on Shaw’s Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares
were $1.1825 and $1.1850 respectively. Dividends paid in 2016 were $568 million gross of amounts attributed to the dividend
reinvestment plan.

Corporate

(cid:129) On December 15, 2015, ViaWest closed the acquisition of 100% of the shares of INetU, Inc. for US$162 million which was

funded through a combination of borrowings under ViaWest’s and the Company’s revolving credit facilities as well as
incremental term loan proceeds under ViaWest’s credit facility.

(cid:129) On March 1, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the shares of Mid-Bowline Group Corp. and its

wholly owned subsidiary WIND Mobile Corp. for an enterprise value of $1.6 billion which was funded through a combination
of cash on hand, a drawdown of $1.3 billion on the Company’s credit facilities and the issuance of 2,866,384 Class B
Non-Voting Participating Shares. The fair value of purchase consideration consisted of $1.59 billion in cash and $68 million
in shares. The acquisition of WIND Mobile led to the creation of the Company’s Wireless division.

(cid:129) The addition of wireless enabled Shaw to combine the power of fibre, coax, Wi-Fi and wireless networks to deliver a

seamless experience of anytime and anywhere enhanced connectivity within our operating footprint. On November 21,
2016, WIND Mobile Corp. was rebranded to Freedom Mobile Inc.

(cid:129) On April 1, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with Corus, a related party subject to common voting control, to

sell 100% of its wholly owned subsidiary Shaw Media Inc. for a purchase price of approximately $2.65 billion, comprised of
$1.85 billion in cash and 71,364,853 Corus Class B non-voting participating shares. As a result of the transaction and
including the impact of Corus’ prospectus and private placement financings, as at August 31, 2016, Shaw owned
approximately 38% of Corus’ total issued equity.

(cid:129) Through holding of the shares in Corus, the Company effectively retained an indirect, non-controlling interest in the

former Media division subsequent to the sale, but the Company no longer had control over the Media division.

(cid:129) In fiscal 2016, the Company underwent a restructuring following a set of significant asset realignment initiatives, including
the acquisition of Freedom Mobile and divestiture of Shaw Media affecting approximately 200 employees of which $23
million of restructuring costs were recorded relating primarily to severance and employee related costs.

Financing Activities

(cid:129) In February 2016, the Company increased the borrowing capacity of its five-year bank credit facility by $500 million to a

total of $1.5 billion under the terms of the amended facility. Funds are available to the Company in both Canadian and US
dollars. Interest rates fluctuate with Canadian prime and bankers’ acceptance rates, US bank base rates and LIBOR rates.

(cid:129) In March 2016, ViaWest entered into an incremental US$80 million term loan and increased the borrowing capacity

available on its revolving facility by US$35 million. The incremental term loan had quarterly principal repayments that
commenced in May 2016 with the balance due on maturity in March 2022. Interest rates fluctuated with LIBOR, US prime
and US Federal Funds rates and the facilities were secured by a first priority security interest in specific assets pursuant to
the terms of a security agreement.

(cid:129) In connection with the acquisition of Freedom Mobile on March 1, 2016, the Company drew down $1.3 billion on its credit
facility comprised of a $1.0 billion non-revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders that was entered into on March 1,
2016 along with $300 million drawn on the Company’s existing credit facility. These amounts were repaid on April 1, 2016
using the cash proceeds received from the Shaw Media disposition.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

55

(cid:129) The Company conducted a number of capital market activities, including:

(cid:129) On February 1, 2016, the Company repaid $300 million floating rate senior notes.

(cid:129) On February 19, 2016, the Company issued $300 million senior notes at a rate of 3.15% due February 19, 2021.

(cid:129) On May 9, 2016, the Company repaid $300 million 6.15% senior notes.

Consumer

(cid:129) The Company had a 50% interest in shomi, a subscription video-on-demand service, that launched in November 2014 as a

joint venture arrangement with Rogers.

(cid:129) In January 2016, Shaw launched FreeRange TV, a mobile destination for its Video customers that combined their TV and

content subscriptions in one place, providing on-the-go access to live and on demand content.

(cid:129) The CRTC’s “Let’s Talk TV” initiative resulted in a new policy framework requiring Shaw to offer a $25 entry-level service
offering (basic service) and all discretionary services (not offered on the basic service) either on a standalone basis or in
packages of up to 10 programming services by March 2016. In addition, the Company was required to offer these services
both on a standalone basis and in packages of up to ten programming services by December 1, 2016.

(cid:129) In March 2016, the Company introduced a new small basic service called “Limited TV” and revised its offerings to

include small, medium and large theme packs starting at $6 per theme pack.

(cid:129) In November 15, 2016, the Shaw launched “pick and pay” which allows customers to subscribe for a primary package

(including Limited TV), select theme packs and add-on individual channels on a channel by channel basis.

(cid:129) The Company continued to expand its Shaw Go WiFi build-out. As at August 31, 2016, the Company had approximately

85,000 Shaw Go WiFi access points installed and operating throughout the network and over 2.6 million devices using Shaw
Go WiFi.

Business

(cid:129) The Company continued to expand its Business Network Services offering, including the successful expansion of its smart

suite of products to include Smart Security in addition to SmartWiFi and SmartVoice.

Revenue and operating income before
restructuring costs and amortization

Shaw delivered full year fiscal 2018 financial results that
met its guidance. Operating income before restructuring
costs and amortization of $2,089 million in fiscal 2018 was
in line with the target of $2.1 billion. For further discussion
of divisional performance see “Segmented Operations
Review.”

Consolidated revenue of $5.24 billion for fiscal 2018
improved 7.3% over $4.88 billion for fiscal 2017. Revenue
improved primarily due to the Wireless division contributing
revenues of $951 million in fiscal 2018 as compared to
$605 million in the prior year. The year-over-year
improvement in Wireless revenue of $346 million or 57.2%
reflects higher equipment revenues of $233 million and
higher service revenues of $113 million driven primarily by
added postpaid RGUs, higher ARPU and a large share of
new postpaid subscribers purchasing handsets. Excluding
the results of the Wireless division, revenue for the twelve-
month period for the Wireline division was up $12 million or
0.3%. Customer acquisition and rate increases were the

primary driver of the $34 million in revenue growth from the
Business division while Consumer division revenues
decreased $22 million or 0.6% compared to the twelve-
month period of fiscal 2017 reflecting the change in
customer mix and a decline in Video and Phone RGUs.

Operating income before restructuring costs and
amortization of $2.09 billion for the twelve-month period
improved 4.6% compared to $2.0 billion for fiscal 2017.
The improvement was primarily due to the Wireless division
contributing $176 million over the twelve-month period as
compared to $133 million in fiscal 2017 and the Wireline
division increase of $49 million year-over-year. Wireless
increased $43 million or 32.3% over the comparable period
primarily due to the growth in subscribers and ARPU and a
$13 million credit for a retroactive domestic roaming rate
adjustment received in the year partially offset by lower
equipment margins and higher distribution channel costs.
Wireline increased $49 million or 2.6% over the comparable
period as a result of VDP cost reductions and lower
marketing costs, partially offset by higher programming
costs, RGU losses in Video and Phone, and the change in
the Video customer and package mix.

56

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Restructuring costs

Other income and expenses

Restructuring costs generally include severance, employee
related costs and other costs directly associated with a
restructuring program. For the year ended August 31, 2018,
the category included $446 million in restructuring charges
related to the Company’s TBT initiative. As a first step in the
TBT, the VDP was offered to eligible employees in the
second quarter of fiscal 2018. The outcome of the program
had approximately 3,300 Shaw employees accepting the
VDP package, representing approximately 25% of all
employees. The costs related to this program make up the
majority of the restructuring costs recorded in the year to
date; however, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, further
organizational changes in the execution of TBT resulted in
additional restructuring costs. See “About our Business” for
further details on the TBT and the VDP.

Amortization

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Change
%

Amortization revenue (expense)
Deferred equipment revenue
Deferred equipment costs
Property, plant and equipment,

30
(110)

38
(122)

(21.1)
(9.8)

intangibles and other

(932)

(860)

8.4

Amortization of property, plant and equipment, intangibles
and other increased 8.4% for the year ended August 31,
2018 over the comparable period due to amortization of new
expenditures exceeding the amortization of assets that
became fully amortized during the year.

Amortization of financing costs and Interest
expense

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Increase
(decrease)
in income

Equity income (loss) of an

associate or joint venture

Other gains (losses)

(200)
29

73
(65)

(171)

8

(273)
94

(179)

In fiscal 2018, the Company recorded an equity loss of
$200 million related to its interest in Corus, this compares
to equity income of $73 million in the prior year. The
decrease substantially reflects a $284 million impairment
from the Company’s investment in Corus recorded in the
third quarter of fiscal 2018.

Other gains (losses) generally include realized and
unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses on US dollar
denominated current assets and liabilities, gains and losses
on disposal of property, plant and equipment and minor
investments, and the Company’s share of the operations of
Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership. In the current
year, the category includes a $16 million gain on the sale of
certain wireless spectrum licenses as well as a $5 million
provision recovery. In the prior year, the category includes a
$82 million provision in respect of the Company’s
investment in shomi, which discontinued operations in fiscal
2017.

Income tax expense

The income tax expense was calculated using current
statutory income tax rates of 26.8% for 2018 and 26.7% for
2017 and was adjusted for the reconciling items identified
in Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018 2017

Change
%

Earnings per share

Amortization of financing costs –

long-term debt
Interest expense

3
248

2
267

50.0
(7.1)

Interest expense for the twelve-month period ended
August 31, 2018 decreased over the comparable period
primarily due to lower average outstanding debt balances in
the current year.

(millions of Canadian dollars
except per share amounts)

2018

2017

Change
%

Net income
Weighted average number of

60

851

(92.9)

participating shares outstanding
during period (millions)

502

491

Earnings per share

Basic
Diluted

0.10 1.72
0.10 1.71

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

57

Net income

Net income was $60 million in 2018 compared to
$851 million in 2017. The year-over-year changes are
summarized in the table below.

(millions of Canadian dollars)

Increased operating income before restructuring

costs and amortization
Increased restructuring costs
Increased amortization
Decreased interest expense
Decreased or loss equity income of an associate or

joint venture

Change in other net costs and revenue (1)
Decrease or increase income taxes
Decreased income from discontinued operations,

net of tax

92
(392)
(69)
19

(273)
94
38

(300)

(791)

(1) Net other costs and revenue includes business

acquisition costs, accretion of long-term liabilities and
provisions, debt retirement costs and other losses as
detailed in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Net other costs and revenues had a $94 million favourable
impact on net income primarily due to an $82 million
provision in respect of the Company’s investment in shomi in
fiscal 2017 as well as a $16 million gain on the sale of
certain spectrum licenses in the current year. See “Other
income and expenses” above for further detail on
non-operating items.

SEGMENTED OPERATIONS REVIEW

WIRELINE

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Consumer
Business

Wireline revenue
Operating income before
restructuring costs and
amortization (1)

Change
%

(0.6)
6.4

0.3

3,725 3,747
533

567

4,292 4,280

1,913 1,864

2.6

Operating margin (1)

44.6% 43.6% 1.0pts

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.

Wireline RGUs decreased by 133,142 in the current year,
compared to net additions of 25,321 RGUs in fiscal 2017.
Total Business RGU gains of 31,791 were more than fully
offset by total Consumer RGU losses of 164,933 in the year
which included net losses in cable Video of 86,045, Phone
of 71,684 and satellite Video of 23,139 partially offset by

58

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

the addition of approximately 15,935 Internet RGUs. RGU
disconnects were driven primarily by the Company’s
moderated promotional activity throughout the year, with
more selective retention offers and more disciplined
subscriber acquisition offers, focused on higher value
Internet and Video subscribers.

Consumer revenue for the year of $3.7 billion was
comparable to last year. Higher revenue generated by annual
rate adjustments and incremental Internet RGUs were fully
offset by the impact of reductions to cable Video and Phone
RGUs, as well as customer downward migration in Video
packages relative to a year ago. Business revenue for the
year of $567 million was 6.4% higher over the prior year
primarily due to customer growth in small to medium size
businesses as well as the impact of annual rate adjustments.
Growth was led by the continued success of selling the
SmartSuite of products, specifically Smart WiFi, Smart Voice
and Smart Security.

Operating income before restructuring costs and
amortization of $1.9 billion increased 2.6% over the
comparable period as a result of VDP cost reductions,
including savings of approximately $39 million, and lower
marketing costs, partially offset by the change in the Video
customer and package mix and higher programming costs.

WIRELESS

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Change
%

Service
Equipment and other

Wireless revenue
Operating income before
restructuring costs and
amortization (1)

595
356

482
23.4
123 >100.0

951

605

57.2

176

133

32.3

Operating margin (1)

18.5% 22.0% (3.5pts)

(1) Refer to key performance drivers.

In Wireless, the Company continued to grow postpaid and
prepaid wireless subscribers, gaining a combined 255,685
RGUs in the year. The increase in the customer base reflects
continued customer demand for premium smartphones
combined with device pricing and packaging options, data
centric plans, and the ongoing execution of the wireless
growth strategy to improve the network and customer
experience.

Wireless revenue for the year of $951 million increased
$346 million or 57.2% over the prior year. The increase in
revenue was driven primarily by year-over-year growth in both
equipment and service revenue. The increase in service
revenue was driven by RGU and ARPU growth in which a net
265,629 postpaid subscribers were added, representing a
35% increase, and a fourth quarter ARPU of $41.00 while
higher equipment revenues were driven by a large share of

and lower installation labour costs across all product lines.
These decreases were partially offset by higher video
equipment costs related to the BlueSky TV platform.

Capital spend on the combined upgrades and enhancement,
and replacement categories was $524 million, a $61 million
increase over fiscal 2017, reflecting the Company’s
continued investment in the wireline network including
i) significant bandwidth and upgrade programs; ii) increased
investment in support of enhanced digital capabilities relating
to the NGV/IPTV video delivery platforms necessary to support
BlueSkyTV; and iii) additional investment in back office
systems. Increased investments were partly offset by lower
capital spend on satellite network upgrades and Shaw Go
WiFi access points.

Capital spend on new housing development of $124 million
was $26 million higher than the prior year driven by
residential and commercial customer network growth and
acquisition.

Investment in buildings and other of $92 million for the
twelve-month period was down $9 million over the
comparable period.

Wireless

Capital investment in the Wireless division of $343 million for
the twelve-month period was up $88 million over the prior year.
Fiscal 2018 investments relate to continued investment in
network infrastructure, specifically the completion of the LTE-
Advanced network rollout, the deployment of 700 MHz
spectrum and the completion of the refarming of AWS-1
spectrum as well as back office system and retail upgrades.

new postpaid subscribers purchasing handsets. ARPU of
$39.26 for the full fiscal year compared to $37.00 for fiscal
2017 and reflects a higher proportionate share of postpaid
subscribers.

Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization
of $176 million increased $43 million or 32.3% over the
comparable period primarily due to the growth in subscribers
and ARPU and a $13 million credit for a retroactive domestic
roaming rate adjustment received in the year partially offset
by lower equipment margins and higher distribution channel
costs.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND EQUIPMENT
COSTS

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Change
%

Year ended August 31,

Wireline

New housing development
Success based
Upgrades and enhancements
Replacement
Buildings and other

124
284
493
31
92

98
308
432
31
101

26.5
(7.8)
14.1
–
(8.9)

Total as per Note 25 to the

audited annual consolidated
financial statements

Wireless
Total as per Note 25 to the

audited annual consolidated
financial statements

Consolidated total as per Note 25

to the audited annual
consolidated financial
statements

1,024

970

5.6

343

255

34.5

1,367 1,225

11.6

Capital investment from continuing operations was
$1.4 billion in the current year compared to $1.2 billion in
fiscal 2017. The increase was driven primarily by incremental
capital investment in the Wireless division relating primarily
to investment for the continued improvement in network
infrastructure, specifically the deployment of 700 MHz
spectrum, LTE and small cells as well as back office system
and retail upgrades in addition to incremental capital
upgrades and enhancements in the Wireline division.

Wireline

Success based capital for the twelve-month period of
$284 million was moderately lower than the comparable
period last year. The current year decrease in success based
capital was due primarily to decreased advanced Internet
Wi-Fi modem spend, lower Satellite and digital phone
activations as a result of lower gross adds throughout the year

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

59

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

VIAWEST, INC.

SHAW TRACKING

On May 31, 2017, the Company entered an agreement to sell
a group of assets comprising the operations of Shaw Tracking,
a fleet tracking operation reported within the Company’s
Business Network Services segment. The Company
determined that the assets and liabilities of the Shaw
Tracking business met the criteria to be classified as a
disposal group held for sale. Accordingly, the assets and
liabilities of the Shaw Tracking business were classified in
the consolidated statement of financial position at August 31,
2017 as current assets held for sale or current liabilities held
for sale, respectively, as the sale of these assets and
liabilities was expected to be completed within one year. In
addition, the operating results and operating cash flows of the
business are presented as discontinued operations separate
from the Company’s continuing operations. The transaction
closed on September 15, 2017.

Revenue

Operating, general and administrative

expenses
Employee salaries and benefits
Purchases of goods and services

Restructuring
Amortization
Impairment of goodwill/disposal group

Loss from discontinued operations before tax
Income taxes

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax,

before divestiture

Loss on divestiture, net of tax

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

2018 2017

1

–
1

1
–

–

–
–

–

(6)

(6)

33

7
18

25
3
(2)
32

(25)
2

(27)

–

(27)

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, the Company entered
into an agreement to sell 100% of its wholly owned
subsidiary ViaWest, Inc (“ViaWest”) for proceeds of
approximately USD $1.68 billion. Accordingly, the operating
results and operating cash flows for the previously reported
Business Infrastructure Services segment relating to ViaWest
are presented as discontinued operations separate from the
Company’s continuing operations. The remaining operations
of the previously reported Business Infrastructure Services
segment and their results are now included within the
Wireline segment.

Revenue

Eliminations (1)

Operating, general and administrative expenses

Employee salaries and benefits
Purchases of goods and services

Eliminations (1)

Amortization
Interest on long-term debt
Amortization of transaction costs

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

before tax and gain on divestiture

Income taxes

Income (loss) from discontinued operations,

net of tax, before gain on divestiture

Gain on Divestiture, net of tax

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

2018 2017

–
–

–

–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

336
(2)

334

80
124

204
(2)

202
103
32
12

(15)
(6)

(9)

330

321

(1) Eliminations relate to intercompany transactions between
continuing and discontinued operations. The costs are
included in continuing operations as they are expected to
continue to be incurred subsequent to the disposition.

60

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

FINANCIAL POSITION

Total assets were $14.4 billion at August 31, 2018
compared to $14.4 billion at August 31, 2017. The
following is a discussion of significant changes in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position since
August 31, 2017.

Current assets decreased $92 million due to decreases in
cash of $123 million, accounts receivable of $31 million,
inventories of $8 million and assets held for sale of
$61 million partially offset by an increase in other current
assets of $131 million. Cash decreased as the cash outlay
for investing activities and financing activities exceeded the
funds provided by operations. Accounts receivable decreased
primarily due to the receipt of a commodity tax refund
relating to the purchase of spectrum licenses in fiscal 2017.
Assets held for sale as at August 31, 2017 included the
assets of the Shaw Tracking business, which was sold on
September 15, 2017.

Other current assets increased over the period mainly due to
a significant increase in Wireless subscribers participating in
both the Company’s MyTab plan, a discretionary wireless
handset discount plan and MyTab Boost, a plan that allows
customers to pay less for their handset upfront if they pay a
predetermined incremental charge on a monthly basis. The
significant growth in handset sales was primarily related to
the introduction of the iPhone to the Company’s handset
lineup in the second quarter of fiscal 2018.

Investments and other assets decreased by $277 million
primarily due to an impairment charge of $284 million
partially offset by equity income and other comprehensive
income of associates both related to the Company’s
investment in Corus. The Company assessed its investment
in Corus for indicators of impairment, which included a
significant and sustained decrease in the share price as well
as the recording by Corus of an impairment charge against
their goodwill and broadcast license intangibles, and found
that there was evidence that impairment had occurred. The
Company compared the recoverable amount to the carrying
value and determined that an impairment charge of
$284 million was required. The recoverable amount was
determined based on the value in use of the investment.

Property, plant and equipment increased $328 million due
to capital investments in excess of amortization.

Short-term borrowings increased $40 million due to the
Company establishing an accounts receivable securitization
program with a Canadian financial institution on June 19,
2018 which allows it to sell certain trade receivables into
the program. As at August 31, 2018, the proceeds of the
sales were committed up to a maximum of $100 million.
See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further details on
the AR securitization program.

Current liabilities increased $219 million during the period
primarily due to an increase in provisions of $169 million,

accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $58 million,
short-term borrowings of $40 million and unearned revenue
of $10 million partially offset by decreases in income taxes
payable of $18 million, and liabilities held for sale of
$39 million. The increase in current provisions was mainly
due to the restructuring costs related to TBT. In connection
with the VDP, the Company recorded $446 million in
restructuring charges primarily related to severance and
other related costs, of which $172 million has been paid,
$166 million is included in current provisions and
$110 million is included in long-term provisions. Income
taxes payable decreased due to normal course tax
installment payments (net of refunds), offset by the current
period provision. Accounts payable and accruals increased
due to the timing of payments and fluctuations in various
payables including capital expenditures and network fees.
Liabilities held for sale as at August 31, 2017 included the
liabilities of the Shaw Tracking business, which was sold on
September 15, 2017.

Long-term debt increased $12 million primarily due to an
increase in the Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership
mortgage of $10 million. The additional loan matures on
November 1, 2024 and bears interest at 4.14%
compounded semi-annually.

Other long-term liabilities decreased $101 million during
the year primarily due to a remeasurement of the Company’s
defined benefit plan related to the effect of experience
adjustments due to changes in demographic assumptions.
The cost and related accrued benefit obligation of the
Company’s non-registered pension plans are determined
using actuarial valuations. The actuarial valuations involve
estimates and actuarial assumptions including discount
rates and rate of compensation increase (financial
assumptions) as well as mortality rates and retirement rates
(demographic assumptions). Due to the long-term nature of
the non-registered pension plans, such estimates are subject
to significant uncertainty. Remeasurements related to the
effect of experience adjustments arise when the
non-registered pension plans’ experience differs from the
experience expected using the actuarial assumptions, such
as mortality and retirement rates.

Shareholders’ equity decreased $197 million mainly due to
a decrease in retained earnings of $545 million partially
offset by an increase in share capital of $259 million and
accumulated other comprehensive income of $92 million.
Share capital increased due to the issuance of 9,843,483
Class B non-voting participating shares (“Class B Non-Voting
Shares”) under the Company’s option plan and Dividend
Reinvestment Plan (“DRIP”).

As at November 15, 2018, share capital is as reported at
August 31, 2018 with the exception of the issuance of a
total 1,486,183 Class B Non-Voting Shares upon exercise of
options under the Company’s option plan and the issuance
of shares under the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.
Retained earnings decreased due to dividends of

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

61

Financing activities

The changes in financing activities during 2018 and 2017
were as follows:

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Bank loans – net borrowings (repayments)
Repay 5.70% Senior unsecured notes
Issuance of 3.80% Senior unsecured

notes

Senior notes issuance cost
Freedom Mobile finance lease obligations
Bank facility arrangement costs
Dividends
Issuance of Class B Non-Voting Shares
Financing activities of discontinued

operations

49
–

–
–
–
–
(392)
43

(475)
(400)

300
(2)
(2)
(2)
(393)
77

–

(551)

(300)

(1,448)

$605 million, offset by current year income of $60 million.
Accumulated other comprehensive loss decreased due to the
re-measurement recorded on employee benefit plans and a
change in unrealized fair value of derivatives.

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS

Operating activities

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Change
%

Funds flow from continuing

operations

Net change

in non-cash working capital
balances related to
continuing operations

Operating activities of

1,259 1,530

(17.7)

94

(110) >(100.0)

discontinued operations

(2)

82 >(100.0)

1,351 1,502

(10.1)

On a year-to-date basis, funds flow from operations
decreased over the comparable period primarily due to
higher restructuring costs and lower operating income of
discontinued operations partially offset by higher operating
income before restructuring costs and amortization, lower
income taxes, and lower interest costs. The net change in
non-cash working capital balances related to continuing
operations fluctuated over the comparative period due to
changes in the accounts receivable, other current asset, and
other long-term asset balances and the timing of payment of
current income taxes payable and accounts payable and
accrued liabilities.

Investing activities

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Increase

Cash flow used in investing

activities

(1,174) 49

(1,223)

For the twelve-month period ended August 31, 2018, cash
used in investing activities increased over the comparable
period due primarily to proceeds of US$1.675 billion
received on the sale of discontinued operations in the prior
year and higher outlays for capital expenditures in the
current year partially offset by a $405 million decrease in
spectrum purchases, an $85 million increase in cash
dividends received from Corus as a result of ceasing
participation in their DRIP program in the current year and a
$107 million decrease in cash payments relating to the
wind-up of shomi.

62

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

In the current year, the Company generated $411 million of
free cash flow. Shaw used its free cash flow along with
proceeds on issuance of Class B Non-Voting Shares of
$43 million, proceeds from the sale of the Shaw Tracking
business of $18 million to fund the net working capital
change of $107 million, pay common share dividends of
$384 million, and pay $177 million in restructuring costs.

The Company issued Class B Non-Voting Shares from
treasury under its DRIP which resulted in cash savings and
incremental Class B Non-Voting Shares of $211 million
during the twelve months ending August 31, 2018.

As at August 31, 2018, the net debt leverage ratio for the
Company is 1.9 times which is consistent with August 31,
2017. Having regard to prevailing competitive, operational
and capital market conditions, the Board of Directors has
determined that having this ratio in the range of 2.0 to 2.5x
would be optimal leverage for the Company in the current
environment. Should the ratio fall below this, other than on a
temporary basis, the Board may choose to recapitalize back
into this optimal range. The Board may also determine to
increase the Company’s debt above these levels to finance
specific strategic opportunities such as a significant
acquisition or repurchase of Class B Non-Voting
Participating Shares in the event that pricing levels were to
drop precipitously.

Debt structure and financial policy

The Company calculates net debt leverage ratio as follows(1):

Shaw structures its borrowings generally on an unsecured
and standalone basis. While certain non-wholly owned
subsidiaries are subject to contractual restrictions which
may prevent the transfer of funds to Shaw, there are no
similar restrictions with respect to wholly-owned subsidiaries
of the Company.

On June 19, 2018, the Company established an accounts
receivable securitization program with a Canadian financial
institution which allows it to sell certain trade receivables
into the program. As at August 31, 2018, the proceeds of
the sales were committed up to a maximum of $100 million
(with $40 million currently drawn under the program). The
Company continues to service and retain substantially all of
the risks and rewards relating to the trade receivables sold,
and therefore, the trade receivables remain recognized on
the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
and the funding received is recorded as a current liability
(revolving floating rate loans) secured by the trade
receivables. The buyer’s interest in the accounts receivable
ranks ahead of the Company’s interest and the program
restricts it from using the trade receivables as collateral for
any other purpose. The buyer of the trade receivable has no
claim on any of our other assets.

(millions of Canadian dollars)

2018

2017

Short-term borrowings
Current portion of Long-Term Debt
Long-Term Debt
50% of Outstanding Preferred Shares
Cash

40
1

–
2
4,310 4,298
147
(507)

147
(384)

(A) Net Debt (3)

Operating income before restructuring

costs and amortization (2)

Corus Dividends

(B) Adjusted operating income before

4,114 3,940

2,089 1,997
88

92

restructuring costs and amortization (3)

2,181 2,085

(A/B) Net debt leverage ratio (2)

1.9x

1.9x

(1) The following contains a description of the Company’s

use of non-IFRS financial measures provides a
reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measure or provides a
reference to such reconciliation.
(2) Refer to key performance drivers.
(3) These financial measures do not have standard

definitions prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be
comparable to similar measures disclosed by other
companies and have not been presented as an alternative
to liquidity prescribed by IFRS.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

63

Shaw’s credit facilities are subject to customary covenants
which include maintaining minimum or maximum financial
ratios. At August 31, 2018 Shaw is in compliance with
these covenants and based on current business plans, the
Company is not aware of any condition or event that would
give rise to non-compliance with the covenants over the life
of the borrowings.

Covenant Limit

Shaw Credit Facilities

Total Debt to Operating Cash Flow (1)

Ratio

Operating Cash Flow (1) to Fixed

Charges (2) Ratio

< 5.00:1

> 2.00:1

Period

May 31, 2016. As a result of the conversion, the Company
has 10,012,393 Series A Shares and 1,987,607 Series B
Shares issued and outstanding. The Series A Shares will
continue to be listed on the TSX under the symbol
SJR.PR.A. The Series B Shares began trading on the TSX on
June 30, 2016 under the symbol SJR.PR.B. The annual
fixed dividend rate for the Series A Shares, payable
quarterly, was reset to 2.791% for the five-year period from
and including June 30, 2016 to but excluding June 30,
2021. The floating quarterly dividend rate for the Series B
Preferred Shares were set as follows:

June 30, 2016 to September 29, 2016
September 30, 2016 to December 30, 2016
December 31, 2016 to March 30, 2017
March 31, 2017 to June 29, 2017
June 30, 2017 to September 29, 2017
September 30, 2017 to December 30, 2017
December 31, 2017 to March 30, 2018
March 31, 2018 to June 29, 2018
June 30, 2018 to September 29, 2018
September 30, 2018 to December 30, 2018

Annual
Dividend
Rate

2.539%
2.512%
2.509%
2.480%
2.529%
2.742%
2.872%
3.171%
3.300%
3.509%

The floating quarterly dividend rate will be reset quarterly.

Based on the aforementioned financing activities, available
credit facilities and forecasted free cash flow, the Company
expects to have sufficient liquidity to fund operations and
obligations, including maturing debt, during the upcoming
fiscal year. On a longer-term basis, Shaw expects to generate
free cash flow and have borrowing capacity sufficient to
finance foreseeable future business plans and refinance
maturing debt.

Off-balance sheet arrangement and
guarantees

Guarantees

Generally, it is not the Company’s policy to issue guarantees
to non-controlled affiliates or third parties; however, it has
entered into certain agreements as more fully described in
Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As
disclosed thereto, Shaw believes it is remote that these
agreements would require any cash payment.

(1) Operating Cash Flow, for the purposes of the covenants,
is calculated as net earnings before interest expense,
depreciation, amortization and current and deferred
income taxes, excluding profit or loss from investments
accounted for on an equity basis, for the most recently
completed fiscal quarter multiplied by four, plus cash
dividends and other cash distributions received in the
most recently completed four fiscal quarters from
investments accounted for on an equity basis.
(2) Fixed Charges are defined as the aggregate interest

expense for the most recently completed fiscal quarter
multiplied by four.

Subsequent to year-end, on November 2, 2018 the Company
issued $1 billion of senior notes, comprised of $500 million
principal amount of 3.80% senior notes due 2023 and
$500 million principal amount of 4.40% senior notes due
2028. Estimated net proceeds (after issuance at a discount
of $1.4 million and issue and underwriting expenses) of
$994 million will be used for general corporate purposes,
which may include the repayment of outstanding
indebtedness of the Company. Pending any such use of net
proceeds, the Company may invest the net proceeds in bank
deposits and short-term marketable securities.

Subsequent to year end, on November 21, 2018, the
Company amended the terms of its bank credit facility to
extend the maturity date to December 2023. The credit
facility is used for general corporate or working capital
purposes.

On June 30, 2016, 1,987,607 of the Company’s
Cumulative Redeemable Rate Reset Class 2 Preferred
Shares, Series A (“Series A Shares”) were converted into an
equal number of Cumulative Redeemable Floating Rate
Class 2 Preferred Shares, Series B (“Series B Shares”) in
accordance with the notice of conversion right issued on

64

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Contractual obligations

The amounts of estimated future payments under the Company’s contractual obligations at August 31, 2018 are detailed in the
following table.

Contractual Obligations

(millions of Canadian dollars)

Long-term debt (1)
Lease and maintenance obligations (2)
Purchase obligations (3)
Property, plant and equipment

Payments due by period

Within
1 year

2 – 3
years

4 – 5
years

More than
5 years

242 2,373
325
207
261
372
26
194

268
192
5
–

3,932
231
7
–

Total

6,815
955
645
220

8,635 1,015 2,985

465

4,170

(1) Includes principal repayments and interest payments.
(2) Includes maintenance and lease of satellite transponders, program related agreements, lease of transmission facilities and

premises and exclusive rights to use intellectual property in Canada.

(3) Includes contractual obligations under service, product, and wireless device contracts.

Share Capital and Listings

The Company is authorized to issue a limited number of
Class A participating shares (“Class A Shares”); an unlimited
number of Class B Non-Voting participating shares (the
“Class B Non-Voting Shares”); an unlimited number of
Class 1 Preferred Shares issuable in series; and an unlimited
number of Class 2 Preferred Shares issuable in series, of
which 12,000,000 were designated Cumulative Redeemable
Rate Reset Class 2 Preferred Shares, Series A (the “Series A
Shares”) and 12,000,000 were designated Cumulative
Redeemable Floating Rate Class 2 Preferred Shares, Series B
(the “Series B Shares”). The authorized number of Class A

Shares is limited, subject to certain exceptions, to the lesser
of that number of such shares (i) currently issued and
outstanding; and (ii) that may be outstanding after any
conversion of Class A Shares into Class B Non-Voting Shares.

As at November 15, 2018, there were 485,680,527 Class B
Non-Voting Shares, 10,012,393 Series A Shares, and
1,987,607 Series B Shares and 22,420,064 Class A Shares
issued and outstanding. Shaw is traded on the Toronto and
New York stock exchanges and is included in the S&P/TSX 60
Index (Trading Symbols: TSX – SJR.B, SJR.PR.A, SJR.PR.B,
NYSE – SJR, and TSXV – SJR.A). For more information,
please visit www.shaw.ca.

The following table sets forth, for each month during the fiscal year ending August 31, 2018, the monthly price range and
volume traded for the Class B Non-Voting Shares, Series A Shares and Series B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX)
and for the Class A Shares on the TSX Venture Exchange (TSXV).

Class A Shares(1)
TSX Venture-SJR.A

Class B Non-Voting Shares(1)
TSX-SJR.B

Series A Shares(1)
TSX-SJR.PR.A

Series B Shares(1)
TSX-SJR.PR.B

High

Low Volume

High

Low

Volume

High

Low

Volume

High

Low

Volume

Sep 2017 30.02 29.05 12,378
Oct 2017
31.00 28.05 10,924
Nov 2017 31.10 29.37
9,164
Dec 2017 32.50 30.00
1,264
Jan 2018
32.50 28.50 16,110
Feb 2018
7,458
29.40 26.90
Mar 2018 28.97 25.90
7,796
Apr 2018
7,506
32.00 27.27
May 2018 29.00 26.93
6,392
Jun 2018
4,328
29.98 27.90
Jul 2018
3,434
30.00 28.01
Aug 2018 29.75 28.02
1,163

28.84 27.41 17,247,541
29.78 26.48 20,041,208
29.83 28.01 19,180,394
30.00 28.43 15,887,499
28.87 26.70 25,635,750
26.92 24.79 21,056,030
25.17 23.90 29,711,525
27.06 23.93 21,904,691
26.74 25.63 25,763,958
27.99 26.01 29,174,740
27.56 26.16 16,911,585
27.35 26.21 16,213,205

17.04 16.56 186,838
17.74 16.97 638,714
17.82 17.20 140,188
17.73 16.67 125,537
19.97 17.33 125,381
95,533
19.13 18.50
19.06 17.95 200,729
18.34 17.85 213,229
18.55 17.45 135,063
18.89 18.18 101,416
75,456
18.53 18.12
37,676
18.90 18.35

18.01 16.76
56,140
18.05 17.26 122,438
38,155
18.05 17.49
28,693
17.97 17.07
16,785
19.20 17.68
47,746
19.28 18.99
19,024
19.19 18.54
11,098
19.00 18.55
20,580
19.29 18.65
25,100
19.21 18.81
28,000
19.54 19.05
20,381
19.80 19.34

(1) Trading price and volume data is obtained from the TMX group

Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.

65

Share Splits

There have been four splits of the Company’s Class A and
Class B Shares: July 30, 2007 (2 for 1); February 7, 2000
(2 for 1); May 18, 1994 (2 for 1); and September 23, 1987
(3 for 1). In addition, as a result of the Arrangement referred
to in the Management Information Circular dated July 22,
1999, a Shareholder’s Adjusted Cost Base was reduced for
tax purposes.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information relating to Shaw, including the
Company’s 2018 Annual Information Form can be found on
SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

COMPLIANCE WITH NYSE CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE LISTING STANDARDS

Disclosure of the Company’s corporate governance practices
which differ from the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)
corporate governance listing standards are posted on Shaw’s
website, www.shaw.ca (under Investors/Corporate Governance/
Compliance with NYSE Corporate Governance Listing
Standards).

CERTIFICATION

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial & Corporate Development Officer
have filed certifications regarding Shaw’s disclosure controls
and procedures and internal control over financial reporting
(“ICFR”).

As at August 31, 2018, the Company’s management,
together with its Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial & Corporate Development Officer,
have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation
of each of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures
and ICFR. Based on these evaluations, the Chief Executive

Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial &
Corporate Development Officer have concluded that the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and the
Company’s ICFR are effective.

During the course of our year-end procedures over ICFR, we
retrospectively reviewed and identified a deficiency in the
operating effectiveness of controls over the capitalization of
internal labour costs, as described in “Critical Accounting
Policies and Estimates” on page 36, for fiscal 2017.
Specifically, the operation of the controls did not result in
sufficient evidence of review considering the nature of the
data subject to the control activities. This deficiency
represented a material weakness in ICFR as at August 31,
2017 which was not identified at that time and therefore not
previously reported.

The material weakness identified did not result in any
identified misstatement or error in the Company’s
consolidated financial statements as at and for the year
ended August 31, 2017 and there were no changes in the
Company’s previously released financial statements.

In order to address the material weakness identified as of
August 31, 2017, the controls related to capitalized labour
have been re-designed during fiscal 2018, specifically the
retention of additional evidence of review. The controls
operated effectively as of August 31, 2018. Based on these
efforts, the identified fiscal 2017 material weakness relating
to ICFR over capitalized labor has been remediated.

There were no changes in the Company’s ICFR during the
fiscal year, other than the enhancements over capitalized
labour noted above, that have materially affected or are
reasonably likely to materially affect Shaw’s ICFR.

The design of any system of controls and procedures is based
in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of
certain events. There can be no assurance that any design
will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential
future conditions, regardless of how remote.

66

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Financials & Notes

Contents
Reports
Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

and Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting

Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered Public

Accounting Firm

Independent Auditors’ Report on Internal Controls

Under Standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States)

Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position
Income
Comprehensive Income
Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Cash Flows
Notes to the Consolidated Financial

Statements
1. Corporate Information
2. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies
3. Asset Dispositions and Asset Held for Sale
4. Accounts Receivable
5. Inventories
6. Other Current Assets
7. Investments and Other Assets
8. Property, Plant and Equipment
9. Other Long-Term Assets

68

69

70

71
72
73
74
75

76
76
89
92
92
92
92
94
96

10. Intangibles and Goodwill
11. Short-Term Borrowings
12. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
13. Provisions
14. Long-Term Debt
15. Other Long-Term Liabilities
16. Deferred Credits
17. Share Capital
18. Share-Based Compensation and Awards
19. Earnings per Share
20. Dividends
21. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

96
99
99
100
101
103
103
103
104
106
107
108

22. Operating, General and Administrative Expenses

109

and Restructuring Costs

23. Other Gains (Losses)
24. Income Taxes
25. Business Segment Information
26. Commitments and Contingencies
27. Employee Benefit Plans
28. Related Party Transactions
29. Financial Instruments
30. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
31. Capital Structure Management
32. Subsequent Events

110
110
112
113
115
118
119
122
123
123

Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

67

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

November 28, 2018

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shaw Communications Inc. and all the information in this annual report
are the responsibility of management and have been approved by the Board of Directors.

The financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.
When alternative accounting methods exist, management has chosen those it deems most appropriate in the circumstances.
Financial statements are not precise since they include certain amounts based on estimates and judgments. Management has
determined such amounts on a reasonable basis in order to ensure that the financial statements are presented fairly, in all
material respects. Management has prepared the financial information presented elsewhere in the annual report and has
ensured that it is consistent with the financial statements.

Management has a system of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are
accurate and complete in all material respects. The internal control system includes an internal audit function and an
established business conduct policy that applies to all employees. Management believes that the systems provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are properly authorized and recorded, financial information is relevant, reliable and accurate and
that the Company’s assets are appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.

The Board of Directors is responsible for ensuring management fulfils its responsibilities for financial reporting and is ultimately
responsible for reviewing and approving the financial statements. The Board carries out this responsibility through its Audit
Committee.

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and its directors are unrelated and independent. The Committee meets
periodically with management, as well as the external auditors, to discuss internal controls over the financial reporting process,
auditing matters and financial reporting issues; to satisfy itself that each party is properly discharging its responsibilities; and,
to review the annual report, the financial statements and the external auditors’ report. The Audit Committee reports its findings
to the Board for consideration when approving the financial statements for issuance to the shareholders. The Committee also
considers, for review by the Board and approval by the shareholders, the engagement or re-appointment of the external auditors.

The financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditors, in accordance with Canadian generally
accepted auditing standards on behalf of the shareholders. Ernst & Young LLP has full and free access to the Audit Committee.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely
basis. Also, projections of any of the effectiveness of internal control are subject to the risk that the controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the financial
statement preparation and presentation.

Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the system of internal control over financial reporting based on the
framework in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission 2013 framework. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s system of internal control
over financial reporting was effective as at August 31, 2018.

[Signed]

Brad Shaw
Chief Executive Officer

[Signed]

Trevor English
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial & Corporate
Development Officer

68

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders of Shaw Communications Inc.:
OpinionontheConsolidatedFinancialStatements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shaw Communications Inc. (the “Company”), which
comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2017, the consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the
related notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (collectively referred
to as the “consolidated financial statements”).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of the Company as at August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2017, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated
cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board.

Reportoninternalcontroloverfinancialreporting
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2018, based on the criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated November 28, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

BasisforOpinion
Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for
such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Those standards also require that we comply with ethical
requirements, including independence. We are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the
ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial statements in Canada, the U.S. federal
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We are a
public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB.

An audit includes performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatements of the consolidated financial statements,
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included obtaining and
examining, on a test basis, audit evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The
procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the
consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control
relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances.

An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies and principles used and the reasonableness of
accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial
statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a reasonable basis for
our audit opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1966.

Calgary, Canada

November 28, 2018

Chartered Professional Accountants

Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

69

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders of Shaw Communications Inc.:

OpiniononInternalControloverFinancialReporting

We have audited Shaw Communications Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2018, based on criteria
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Shaw Communications Inc. (the “Company”) maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2018, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated statements of financial position as at
August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2017, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes, comprising a summary of significant
accounting policies and other explanatory information and our report dated November 28, 2018 expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.

BasisofOpinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report
on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the
consolidated financial statements in Canada, the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

DefinitionandLimitationsofInternalControlOverFinancialReporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and that receipts
and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Calgary, Canada

November 28, 2018

Chartered Professional Accountants

70

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(millions of Canadian dollars)

ASSETS
Current
Cash
Accounts receivable (note 4)
Inventories (note 5)
Other current assets (note 6)
Assets held for sale (note 3)

Investments and other assets (notes 7 and 29)
Property, plant and equipment (note 8)
Other long-term assets (note 9)
Deferred income tax assets (note 24)
Intangibles (note 10)
Goodwill (note 10)

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current
Short-term borrowings (note 11)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 12)
Provisions (note 13)
Income taxes payable
Unearned revenue
Current portion of long-term debt (notes 14 and 29)
Liabilities held for sale (note 3)

Long-term debt (notes 14 and 29)
Other long-term liabilities (notes 15 and 27)
Provisions (note 13)
Deferred credits (note 16)
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 24)

Commitments and contingencies (note 14, 26 and 27)
Shareholders’ equity
Common and preferred shareholders
Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

See accompanying notes

On behalf of the Board:

[Signed]
JR Shaw
Director

[Signed]
Michael O’Brien
Director

August 31,
2018

August 31,
2017

384
255
101
286
–

1,026
660
4,672
300
4
7,482
280

507
286
109
155
61

1,118
937
4,344
255
4
7,435
280

14,424

14,373

40
971
245
133
221
1
–

1,611
4,310
13
179
460
1,894

8,467

–
913
76
151
211
2
39

1,392
4,298
114
67
490
1,858

8,219

5,956
1

6,153
1

5,957

6,154

14,424

14,373

Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

71

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Years ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)

Revenue (note 25)
Operating, general and administrative expenses (note 22)
Restructuring costs (notes 13 and 22)
Amortization:

Deferred equipment revenue (note 16)
Deferred equipment costs (note 9)
Property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other (notes 8,9,10 &16)

Operating income from continuing operations

Amortization of financing costs – long-term debt (note 14)
Interest expense (notes 14 and 25)
Equity income (loss) of an associate or joint venture (note 7)
Other gains (losses) (note 23)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Current income tax expense (note 24)
Deferred income tax recovery (note 24)

Net income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (note 3)

Net income

Net income from continuing operations attributable to:
Equity shareholders

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to:
Equity shareholders

Basic earnings (loss) per share (note 19)
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (note 19)
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

See accompanying notes

2018
$

2017
$

5,239
(3,150)
(446)

4,882
(2,885)
(54)

30
(110)
(932)

631
(3)
(248)
(200)
29

209
137
6

66
(6)

60

38
(122)
(860)

999
(2)
(267)
73
(65)

738
142
39

557
294

851

66

557

(6)

294

0.11
(0.01)

0.10

0.11
(0.01)

0.10

1.12
0.60

1.72

1.11
0.60

1.71

72

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars)

Net income

Other comprehensive income (loss) (note 21)
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:

Continuing operations:

Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Adjustment for hedged items recognized in the period
Share of other comprehensive income of associates

Discontinued operations:

Exchange differences on translation of a foreign operation
Exchange differences on US denominated debt hedging a foreign operation
Reclassification of accumulated exchange differences to income related to the sale of a foreign operation

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income:
Remeasurements on employee benefit plans:

Continuing operations

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity shareholders

See accompanying notes

2018
$

2017
$

60

851

5
3
10

–
–
–

(7)
(2)
13

(50)
24
(82)

18

(104)

74

92

25

(79)

152

772

152

772

Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

73

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Attributable to equity shareholders

Share
capital

Contributed
surplus

Retained
earnings

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

Equity
attributable
to non-
controlling
interests

1
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

1

Equity
attributable
to non-
controlling
interests

1
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

1

Total
equity

6,154
60
92

152
(394)
–
42
3

5,957

Total
equity

5,698
851
(79)

772
(397)
–
78
3

6,154

Total

6,153
60
92

152
(394)
–
42
3

Total

5,697
851
(79)

772
(397)
–
78
3

2,164
60
–

60
(394)
(211)
–
–

(131)
–
92

92
–
–
–
–

1,619

(39)

5,956

1,908
851
–

851
(397)
(198)
–
–

(52)
–
(79)

(79)
–
–
–
–

2,164

(131)

6,153

4,090
–
–

–
–
211
48
–

3,799
–
–

–
–
198
93
–

30
–
–

–
–
–
(6)
3

27

42
–
–

–
–
–
(15)
3

30

Attributable to equity shareholders

Share
capital

Contributed
surplus

Retained
earnings

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

Year ended August 31, 2018

(millions of Canadian dollars)

Balance as at September 1, 2017
Net income
Other comprehensive income

Comprehensive income
Dividends
Dividend reinvestment plan
Shares issued under stock option plan
Share-based compensation

Balance as at August 31, 2018

4,349

Year ended August 31, 2017

(millions of Canadian dollars)

Balance as at September 1, 2016
Net income
Other comprehensive loss

Comprehensive income
Dividends
Dividend reinvestment plan
Shares issued under stock option plan
Share-based compensation

Balance as at August 31, 2017

4,090

See accompanying notes

74

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Funds flow from operations (note 30)
Net change in non-cash balances related to continuing operations
Operating activities from discontinued operations

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant and equipment (note 25)
Additions to equipment costs (net) (note 25)
Additions to other intangibles (note 25)
Net decrease (increase) to inventories
Proceeds on sale of discontinued operations, net of costs and cash sold
Proceeds on sale of spectrum licences
Purchase of spectrum licences
Additions to investments and other assets
Distributions received and proceeds from sale of investments
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment (notes 25 and 30)
Investing activities of discontinued operations

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Increase in short-term borrowings (note 11)
Increase in long-term debt
Debt repayments
Bank credit facility arrangement costs
Issue of Class B Non-Voting Shares
Dividends paid on Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares
Dividends paid on Series A Preferred Shares
Financing activities of discontinued operations

Effect of currency translation on cash balances

Increase (decrease) in cash
Cash, beginning of year

Cash of continuing operations, end of year

See accompanying notes

2018
$

2017
$

1,259
94
(2)

1,530
(110)
82

1,351

1,502

(1,127)
(49)
(131)
8
18
35
(25)
88
–
9
–

(1,174)

(999)
(73)
(111)
(48)
1,905
–
(430)
(92)
6
–
(109)

49

40
10
(1)
–
43
(384)
(8)
–

–
1,233
(1,810)
(4)
77
(385)
(8)
(551)

(300)

(1,448)

–

(1)

(123)
507

384

102
405

507

Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

75

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
[all amounts in millions of Canadian dollars except share and per share amounts]

1.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Shaw Communications Inc. (the “Company”) is a diversified Canadian connectivity company whose core operating business is
providing: Cable telecommunications, Satellite video services and data networking to residential customers, business and
public-sector entities (“Wireline”); and wireless services for voice and data communications (“Wireless”).

The Company was incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta on December 9, 1966 under the name Capital Cable
Television Co. Ltd. and was subsequently continued under the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) on March 1, 1984 under the
name Shaw Cablesystems Ltd. Its name was changed to Shaw Communications Inc. on May 12, 1993. The Company’s shares
are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”), TSX Venture Exchange and New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)
(Symbol: TSX – SJR.B, SJR.PR.A, SJR.PR.B, NYSE – SJR, and TSXV – SJR.A). The registered office of the Company is located
at Suite 900, 630 – 3rd Avenue S.W., Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 4L4.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended August 31, 2018 and 2017, were approved by the
Board of Directors and authorized for issue on November 28, 2018.

Basis of presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared primarily under the historical cost convention and are expressed in
millions of Canadian dollars unless otherwise indicated. Other measurement bases used are outlined below and in the
applicable notes. The consolidated statements of income are presented using the nature classification for expenses.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Basis of consolidation

(i)

Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and those of its subsidiaries, which are entities
over which the Company has control. Control exists when the Company has power over an investee, is exposed to or has rights to
variable returns from its involvement and has the ability to affect those returns. Intercompany transactions and balances are
eliminated on consolidation. The results of operations of subsidiaries acquired during the period are included from their
respective dates of acquisition, being the time at which the Company obtains control. Consolidation of a subsidiary ceases when
the Company loses control. A change in ownership interests of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an
equity transaction. The Company assesses control through share ownership and voting rights.

Non-controlling interests arise from business combinations in which the Company acquires less than 100% ownership interest.
At the time of acquisition, non-controlling interests are measured at either fair value or their proportionate share of the fair
value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets. The Company determines the measurement basis on a transaction by transaction
basis. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is increased or decreased for their share of
changes in equity.

(ii)

Joint operations

A joint operation is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the
assets and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of
control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the
parties sharing control. The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s proportionate share of the assets,
liabilities, revenues, and expenses of its interests in joint operations.

76

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

The Company’s joint operations include a 33.33% interest in the Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership (the
“Partnership”). The Partnership owns and leases commercial space in Shaw Tower in Vancouver, BC, which is the Company’s
headquarters for its lower mainland operations. In classifying its 33.33% interest in the Partnership as a joint operation, the
Company considered the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement and other facts and circumstances including the
primary purpose of Shaw Tower which is to provide lease space to the partners.

Investments in associates and joint ventures

Associates are entities over which the Company has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the
operating and financial policies of the investee, but is not control or joint control.

A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the
net assets of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists
only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Investments of this nature are recorded
at original cost and adjusted periodically to recognize the Company’s proportionate share of the associate’s or joint venture’s net
income/loss and other comprehensive income/loss after the date of investment, additional contributions made and dividends
received.

The Company has classified its approximate 38% participating interest in Corus Entertainment Inc. (“Corus”) as an investment
in an associate after considering both companies are subject to common control and the ability of the Company to appoint
directors to Corus’ Board of Directors.

The Company classified its 50% interest in the Shomi Partnership (“shomi”) as an investment in a joint venture after
considering the terms and conditions of the partnership. In September 2016, Shaw and Rogers Communications Inc.,
announced the decision to wind down its operations with service ending November 30, 2016. In December 2017, the
remaining assets associated with shomi were transferred to their respective partners and the partnership was officially wound
up.

Revenue and expenses

The Company has multiple deliverable arrangements comprised of upfront fees (subscriber connection and installation fee
revenue, customer premise equipment revenue, handset equipment revenue) and related subscription and service revenue.
Upfront fees charged to customers do not constitute separate units of accounting, therefore these revenue streams are assessed
as an integrated package.

(i)

Revenue

Revenue from Cable, Internet, Digital Phone, Direct-to-Home (“DTH”) and Wireless customers includes subscriber revenue
earned as services are provided. Satellite distribution services and telecommunications service revenue is recognized in the
period in which the services are rendered to customers. In addition to monthly service plans, the Company also offers multi-year
service plans in which the total amount of the contractual service revenue is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the term
of the plan. Fees for wireless voice, text and data services on a pay-per-use basis are recognized in the period that the service is
provided. Revenue from the direct sale of equipment to wireless subscribers or dealers is recognized when the equipment is
delivered and accepted by the subscribers or dealers.

Subscriber connection fees received from Cable, Internet, and Digital Phone customers are deferred and recognized as revenue
on a straight-line basis over three years. Direct and incremental initial selling, administrative and connection costs related to
subscriber acquisitions are recognized as an operating expense as incurred. The costs of physically connecting a new home are
capitalized as part of the distribution system and costs of disconnections are expensed as incurred.

Initial setup fees related to the installation of data centre services and installation revenue received on contracts with
commercial business customers are deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the related service
contract, which generally span two to ten years. Direct and incremental costs associated with the installation of services or
service contract, in an amount not exceeding the upfront revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense on a
straight-line basis over the same period.

The Company offers a discretionary wireless handset discount program, whereby the subscriber earns the applicable discount by
maintaining services with the Company, such that the receivable relating to the discount at inception of the transaction is
reduced over a period of time. A portion of future revenues earned in connection with the services is applied against the

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

77

up-front discount provided on the handset. The Company also offers a plan allowing customers to receive larger up-front
handset discounts than they would otherwise qualify for, if they pay a predetermined incremental charge to their existing service
plan on a monthly basis. The charge is billed on a monthly basis and is recognized as revenue at that time. The Company
recognizes the handset discount as a receivable and revenue upon the sale of the equipment on the basis that the receivable is
recoverable. The receivable is realized on a straight-line basis over the period which the discount is forgiven to a maximum of
two years with an offsetting reduction to revenue. The amount receivable is classified as part of other current or non-current
receivables, as applicable, in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Affiliate subscriber revenue is recognized monthly based on subscriber levels. Advertising revenues are recognized in the period
in which the advertisements are broadcast and recorded net of agency commissions as these amounts are paid directly to the
agency or advertiser. When a sales arrangement includes multiple advertising spots, the proceeds are allocated to individual
advertising spots under the arrangement based on relative fair values. Revenue from data centre customers includes colocation
and other services revenue, including managed infrastructure revenue. Colocation revenue is recognized on a straight-line line
basis over the term of the customer contract. Other services revenue, including managed infrastructure revenue, is recognized
as the services are provided.

(ii) Deferred equipment revenue and deferred equipment costs

Revenue from sales of DTH equipment and Digital Cable Terminals (“DCTs”) is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis
over three years commencing when subscriber service is activated. The total cost of the equipment, including installation,
represents an inventoriable cost which is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the same period. The DCT and
DTH equipment is generally sold to customers at cost or a subsidized price in order to expand the Company’s customer base.

Revenue from sales of satellite tracking hardware and costs of goods sold is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis
over the related service contract for monthly service charges for air time, which is generally five years. The amortization of the
revenue and cost of sale of satellite service equipment commences when goods are shipped.

Recognition of deferred equipment revenue and deferred equipment costs is recorded as deferred equipment revenue
amortization and deferred equipment costs amortization, respectively.

(iii) Deferred IRU revenue

Prepayments received under indefeasible right to use (“IRU”) agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis into income
over the term of the agreement and included in amortization of property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other in the
consolidated statements of income.

Cash

Cash is presented net of outstanding cheques. When the amount of outstanding cheques and the amount drawn under the
Company’s revolving term facility are greater than the amount of cash, the net amount is presented as bank indebtedness.

Securitization of trade receivables

Sales of trade receivables in securitization transactions are recognized as collateralized short-term borrowings as we do not
transfer control and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to another entity and thus do not result in our
de-recognition of the trade receivables sold.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers
to make required payments. In determining the allowance, the Company considers factors such as the number of days the
account is past due, whether or not the customer continues to receive service, the Company’s past collection history and
changes in business circumstances.

Inventories

Inventories include subscriber equipment such as DCTs and DTH receivers, which are held pending rental or sale at cost or at a
subsidized price. When subscriber equipment is sold, the equipment revenue and equipment costs are deferred and amortized
over three years. When the subscriber equipment is rented, it is transferred to property, plant and equipment and amortized
over its useful life. Inventories are determined on a first-in, first-out basis, and are stated at cost due to the eventual capital
nature as either an addition to property, plant and equipment or deferred equipment costs.

78

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Inventories of wireless handsets, accessories and SIM cards are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is
determined using the weighted average method and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing
them to their existing condition and location. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of
business, less selling expenses.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at purchase cost. Direct labour and other directly attributable costs incurred to
construct new assets, upgrade existing assets and connect new subscribers are capitalized as well as borrowing costs on
qualifying assets. In addition, any asset removal and site restoration costs in connection with the retirement of assets are
capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to operating expense as incurred. Amortization is recorded on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of assets as follows:

Asset

Cable, Wireless and telecommunications distribution system
Digital cable terminals and modems
Satellite audio, video and data network equipment and DTH receiving equipment
Buildings
Data centre infrastructure
Data processing
Other

The Company reviews the estimates of lives and useful lives on a regular basis.

Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

Estimated
useful life

3 – 20 years
2 – 5 years
3 – 15 years
15 – 40 years
3 – 21 years
4 – 10 years
4 – 20 years

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale when specific criteria are met and are measured at the
lower of carrying amount and estimated fair value less costs to sell. Assets held for sale are not amortized and are reported
separately on the statement of financial position.

The Company reports financial results for discontinued operations separately from continuing operations to distinguish the
financial impact of disposal transactions from ongoing operations. Discontinued operations reporting occurs when the disposal
of a component or a group of components of the Company represents a strategic shift that will have a major impact on the
Company’s operations and financial results, and where the operations and cash flows can be clearly distinguished, operationally
and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company.

The results of discontinued operations are excluded from both continuing operations and business segment information in the
consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise noted, and are
presented net of tax in the statement of income for the current and comparative periods. Refer to Note 3 for further information
regarding the Company’s discontinued operations.

Other long-term assets

Other long-term assets primarily include (i) equipment costs, as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy,
deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over three to five years, (ii) multi-year service plan discounts, as described in the
revenue and expenses accounting policy, deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the plan, (iii) the
non-current portion of wireless handset discounts receivable as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy,
(iv) credit facility arrangement fees amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility, (v) long-term receivables,
(vi) network capacity leases, (vii) the non-current portion of prepaid maintenance and support contracts and (viii) direct costs in
connection with initial setup fees and installation of services, as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy,
deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over two to ten years.

Intangibles

The excess of the cost of acquiring cable, satellite, media, data centre and wireless businesses over the fair value of related net
identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Net identifiable intangible assets acquired consist

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

79

of amounts allocated to broadcast rights and licences, wireless spectrum licences, trademarks, brands, program rights,
customer relationships and software assets. Broadcast rights and licences, wireless spectrum licences, trademarks and brands
represent identifiable assets with indefinite useful lives.

Customer relationships represent the value of customer contracts and relationships acquired in a business combination and are
amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from 4 – 15 years.

Software that is not an integral part of the related hardware is classified as an intangible asset. Internally developed software
assets are recorded at historical cost and include direct material and labour costs as well as borrowing costs on qualifying
assets. Software assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from 3 – 10 years. The
Company reviews the estimates of lives and useful lives on a regular basis.

Borrowing costs

The Company capitalizes borrowing costs on qualifying assets, for which the commencement date is on or after September 1,
2010, that take more than one year to construct or develop using the Company’s weighted average cost of borrowing which
approximated 6% (2017 – 6%).

Impairment

(i)

Goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles

The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles for impairment annually (as at February 1) and when events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. The recoverable amount of each cash-generating
unit (“CGU”) is determined based on the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell (“FVLCS”) and its value in use
(“VIU”). A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash flows that are independent of the cash inflows
from other assets or groups of assets. The Company’s cash generating units are Cable, Satellite, and Wireless. The Company
had an additional cash generating unit, Data Centres, until the sale of Viawest in August 2017. Where the recoverable amount
of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be
reversed in future periods.

(ii) Non-financial assets with finite useful lives

For non-financial assets, such as property, plant and equipment and finite-life intangible assets, an assessment is made at each
reporting date as to whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, the recoverable
amount of the asset is determined based on the higher of FVLCS and VIU. Where the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its
recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and written down to its recoverable amount. Previously recognized
impairment losses are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date and all or a portion of the impairment is reversed if
the asset’s value has increased.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The timing or amount of the outflow may still be uncertain. Provisions
are measured using the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting
period, taking into account risks and uncertainties associated with the obligation. Provisions are discounted where the time
value of money is considered material.

(i)

Asset retirement obligations

The Company recognizes the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred, on a
discounted basis, with a corresponding increase to the carrying amount of property and equipment, primarily in respect of
wireless and transmitter sites. This cost is amortized on the same basis as the related asset. The liability is subsequently
increased for the passage of time and the accretion is recorded in the income statement as accretion of long-term liabilities and
provisions. The discount rates applied are subsequently adjusted to current rates as required at the end of reporting periods.
Revisions due to the estimated timing of cash flows or the amount required to settle the obligation may result in an increase or
decrease in the liability. Actual costs incurred upon settlement of the obligation are charged against the liability to the extent
recorded.

80

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

(ii) Restructuring provisions

Restructuring provisions, primarily in respect of employee termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the
restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised to those affected that the plan will be carried out.

(iii) Other provisions

Provisions for disputes, legal claims and contingencies are recognized when warranted. The Company establishes provisions
after taking into consideration legal assessments (if applicable), expected availability of insurance or other recourse and other
available information.

Deferred credits

Deferred credits primarily include: (i) prepayments received under IRU agreements amortized on a straight-line basis into
income over the term of the agreement, (ii) equipment revenue, as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy,
deferred and amortized over three to five years, (iii) connection fee revenue, initial setup fees and upfront installation revenue,
as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy, deferred and amortized over two to ten years, and (iv) a deposit on
a future fibre sale.

Leases

(i)

Operating leases

Rent expense for real estate leases that have escalating lease payments is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the
lease. The difference between the expense recorded and the amount paid is recorded as deferred rent and included in deferred
credits in the statement of financial position.

(ii)

Finance leases

Leases of property and equipment that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance
leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at
the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and reduction of
the lease liability. The property and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of
the asset and the lease term.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, whereby deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities measured using
substantively enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset and they relate to income taxes levied by the same
authority in the same taxable entity. Income tax expense for the period is the tax payable for the period using tax rates
substantively enacted at the reporting date, any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years and any change
during the period in deferred income tax assets and liabilities, except to the extent that they relate to a business combination or
divestment, items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. The Company records interest and penalties
related to income taxes in income tax expense.

Tax credits and government grants

The Company receives tax credits primarily related to its research and development activities. Government financial assistance
is recognized when management has reasonable assurance that the conditions of the government programs are met and
accounted for as a reduction of related costs, whether capitalized and amortized or expensed in the period the costs are
incurred.

Foreign currency translation

Transactions originating in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rate at the date of the
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the period-end rate of exchange and non-monetary items are
translated at historic exchange rates. The net foreign exchange gain/(loss) recognized on the translation and settlement of
current monetary assets and liabilities was $1 (2017 – $12) and is included in other gains/(losses).

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

81

The functional currency of the Company’s discontinued foreign operations was US dollars. Assets and liabilities, including
goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, were translated into Canadian dollars using the foreign exchange rate
at the end of the reporting period. Revenue and expenses were translated using average foreign exchange rates, which
approximate the foreign exchange rates on the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation
were included in other comprehensive income/loss and accumulated in equity and reclassified to net income in the period the
foreign operations were disposed of.

Financial instruments other than derivatives

Financial instruments have been classified as loans and receivables, assets available-for-sale, assets held-for-trading or
financial liabilities. Cash has been classified as held-for-trading and is recorded at fair value with any change in fair value
immediately recognized in income (loss). Other financial assets are classified as available-for-sale or as loans and receivables.
Available-for-sale assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until
realized. Available-for-sale equity instruments not quoted in an active market and where fair value cannot be reliably measured
are recorded at cost less impairment. Loans and receivables and financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost. None of the
Company’s financial assets are classified as held-to-maturity and none of its financial liabilities are classified as
held-for-trading.

Finance costs and discounts associated with the issuance of debt securities are netted against the related debt instrument and
amortized to income using the effective interest rate method. Accordingly, long-term debt accretes over time to the principal
amount that will be owing at maturity.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency forward purchase contracts, to manage risks from
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the statement of
financial position. Where permissible, the Company accounts for these financial instruments as hedges which ensures that
counterbalancing gains and losses are recognized in income in the same period. With hedge accounting, changes in the fair
value of derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss)
until the variability of cash flows relating to the hedged asset or liability is recognized in income (loss). When an anticipated
transaction is subsequently recorded as a non-financial asset, the amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) are
reclassified to the initial carrying amount of the related asset. Where hedge accounting is not permissible or derivatives are not
designated in a hedging relationship, they are classified as held-for-trading and the changes in fair value are immediately
recognized in income (loss).

Instruments that have been entered into by the Company to hedge exposure to foreign currency risk are reviewed on a regular
basis to ensure the hedges are still effective and that hedge accounting continues to be appropriate.

A net investment hedge of the discontinued foreign operation was accounted for similarly to a cash flow hedge. The Company
designated certain US dollar denominated debt as a hedge of its net investment in foreign operations where the US dollar was
the functional currency. Unrealized gains and losses arising from translation of the US dollar denominated debt were included
in other comprehensive income/loss and accumulated in equity and reclassified to net income in the period the foreign
operations were disposed of.

Fair value measurements

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the
financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement
and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable
or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on
market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon their
own market assumptions.

The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels:

Level 1 Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Inputs for the asset or liability are based on observable market data, either directly or indirectly, other than quoted
prices.

Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability are not based on observable market data.

82

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

The Company determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the fair value hierarchy by assessing the impact of
events and changes in circumstances that could result in a transfer at the end of each reporting period.

Employee benefits

The Company accrues its obligations under its employee benefit plans, net of plan assets. The cost of pensions and other
retirement benefits earned by certain employees is actuarially determined using the projected benefit method pro-rated on
service and management’s best estimate of salary escalation and retirement ages of employees. Past service costs from plan
initiation and amendments are recognized immediately in the income statement. Remeasurements include actuarial gains or
losses and the return on plan assets (excluding interest income). Actuarial gains and losses occur because assumptions about
benefit plans relate to a long time frame and differ from actual experiences. These assumptions are revised based on actual
experience of the plans such as changes in discount rates, expected retirement ages and projected salary increases.
Remeasurements are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) on an annual basis, at a minimum, and on an interim
basis when there are significant changes in assumptions.

August 31 is the measurement date for the Company’s employee benefit plans. The last actuarial valuations for funding
purposes for the various plans were performed effective August 31, 2018 and the next actuarial valuations for funding purposes
are effective August 31, 2019.

Share-based compensation

The Company has a stock option plan for directors, officers, employees and consultants to the Company. The options to
purchase shares must be issued at not less than the fair value at the date of grant. Any consideration paid on the exercise of
stock options, together with any contributed surplus recorded at the date the options vested, is credited to share capital. The
Company calculates the fair value of share-based compensation awarded to employees using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model. The fair value of options are expensed and credited to contributed surplus over the vesting period of the options using
the graded vesting method.

The Company has a restricted share unit (“RSU”) plan for officers and employees of the Company. RSUs vest on the first,
second and third anniversary of the grant date and compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-year
vesting period. RSUs will be settled in cash and the obligation for RSUs is measured at the end of each period at fair value
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the number of outstanding RSUs.

The Company has a deferred share unit (“DSU”) plan for its Board of Directors. Compensation cost is recognized immediately
as DSUs vest when granted. DSUs will be settled in cash and the obligation is measured at the end of each period at fair value
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the number of outstanding DSUs.

The Company has an employee share purchase plan (the “ESPP”) under which eligible employees may contribute to a
maximum of 5% of their monthly base compensation. The Company contributes an amount equal to 25% of the participant’s
contributions, increasing to 33% once an employee reaches 10 years of continuous service, and records such amounts as
compensation expense.

Share appreciation rights (“SARs”) issued by a discontinued subsidiary to eligible employees were cash settled and measured at
fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value was recognized over the vesting period of the SARs by
applying the graded vesting method, adjusting for estimated forfeitures. The obligation for SARs was remeasured at the end of
each period up to the date of settlement which required a reassessment of the estimates used at the end of each reporting
period.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is based on net income attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for dividends on preferred shares
and is calculated using the weighted average number of Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by considering the effect of all potentially dilutive instruments. In calculating
diluted earnings per share, any proceeds from the exercise of stock options and other dilutive instruments are assumed to be
used to purchase Class B Non-Voting Shares at the average market price during the period.

Guarantees

The Company discloses information about certain types of guarantees that it has provided, including certain types of
indemnities, without regard to whether it will have to make any payments under the guarantees.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

83

Estimation uncertainty and critical judgments

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates and significant changes in assumptions could cause an impairment in assets. The
following require the most difficult, complex or subjective judgments which result from the need to make estimates about the
effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Estimation uncertainty

The following are key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty that could impact the
carrying amount of assets and liabilities and results of operations in future periods.

(i)

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company is required to make an estimate of an appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts on its receivables. The
estimated allowance required is a matter of judgment and the actual loss eventually sustained may be more or less than the
estimate, depending on events which have yet to occur and which cannot be foretold, such as future business, personal and
economic conditions.

(ii)

Contractual service revenue

The Company is required to make an estimate of the total amount of contractual service revenue when offering discounts on
multi-year service plans. The estimated revenue is a matter of judgment and the total revenue earned over the period may be
more or less than the estimate, depending on events which have yet to occur and which cannot be foretold, such as future
business, customer and economic conditions.

(iii) Property, plant and equipment

The Company is required to estimate the expected useful lives of its property, plant and equipment. These estimates of useful
lives involve significant judgment. In determining these estimates, the Company takes into account industry trends and
company-specific factors, including changing technologies and expectations for the in-service period of these assets.
Management’s judgment is also required in determination of the amortization method, the residual value of assets and the
capitalization of labour and overhead.

(iv) Business combinations – purchase price allocation

Purchase price allocations involve uncertainty because management is required to make assumptions and judgments to
estimate the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations. Fair value estimates
are based on quoted market prices and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis.
Such estimates include assumptions about inputs to the valuation techniques, industry economic factors and business
strategies.

(v)

Impairment

The Company estimates the recoverable amount of its CGUs using a FVLCS calculation based on a DCF analysis or market
approach. Where a DCF analysis is used, significant judgments are inherent in this analysis including estimating the amount
and timing of the cash flows attributable to the broadcast rights and licences, the selection of an appropriate discount rate, and
the identification of appropriate terminal growth rate assumptions. In this analysis the Company estimates the discrete future
cash flows associated with the intangible asset for five years and determines a terminal value. The future cash flows are based
on the Company’s estimates of future operating results, economic conditions and the competitive environment. The terminal
value is estimated using both a perpetuity growth assumption and a multiple of operating income before restructuring costs and
amortization. The discount rates used in the analysis are based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital and an
assessment of the risk inherent in the projected cash flows. In analyzing the FVLCS determined by a DCF analysis, the Company
also considers a market approach determining a recoverable amount for each unit and total entity value determined using a
market capitalization approach. Recent market transactions are taken into account, when available. The key assumptions used
to determine the recoverable amounts, including a sensitivity analysis, are included in note 10. A DCF analysis uses significant
unobservable inputs and is therefore considered a level 3 fair value measurement.

84

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

(vi) Employee benefit plans

The amounts reported in the financial statements relating to the defined benefit pension plans are determined using actuarial
valuations that are based on several assumptions including the discount rate and rate of compensation increase. While the
Company believes these assumptions are reasonable, differences in actual results or changes in assumptions could affect
employee benefit obligations and the related income statement impact. The most significant assumption used to calculate the
net employee benefit plan expense is the discount rate. The discount rate is the interest rate used to determine the present
value of the future cash flows that is expected will be needed to settle employee benefit obligations. It is based on the yield of
long-term, high-quality corporate fixed income investments closely matching the term of the estimated future cash flows and is
reviewed and adjusted as changes are required.

(vii)

Income taxes

The Company is required to estimate income taxes using substantively enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
differences are expected to reverse. In determining the measurement of tax uncertainties, the Company applies a probable
weighted average methodology. Realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income
during the period in which the temporary differences are deductible. Although realization is not assured, management believes
it is more likely than not that all recognized deferred income tax assets will be realized based on reversals of deferred income
tax liabilities, projected operating results and tax planning strategies available to the Company and its subsidiaries.

(viii) Contingencies

The Company is subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits, taxes and commitments under contractual and
other commercial obligations. Contingent losses are recognized by a charge to income when it is likely that a future event will
confirm that an asset has been impaired or a liability incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount can be
reasonably estimated. Significant changes in assumptions as to the likelihood and estimates of the amount of a loss could
result in recognition of additional liabilities.

Critical judgements

The following are critical judgements apart from those involving estimation:

(i)

Determination of a CGU

Management’s judgement is required in determining the Company’s cash generating units for the impairment assessment of its
indefinite-life intangible assets. The CGUs have been determined considering operating activities and asset management and
are Cable, Satellite, and Wireless. The Company had an additional CGU, Data Centres, until the sale of Viawest in August 2017.

(ii)

Broadcast rights and licences and spectrum licences – indefinite-life assessment

A number of the Company’s businesses are dependent upon broadcast licences (or operate pursuant to an exemption order)
granted and issued by the CRTC or wireless spectrum licences issued by the Department of Innovation, Science and Economic
Development (formerly, Industry Canada). While these licences must be renewed from time to time, the Company has never
failed to do so. In addition, there are currently no legal, regulatory or competitive factors that limit the useful lives of these
assets.

Adoption of recent accounting pronouncement

The adoption of the following IFRS amendments effective September 1, 2017 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements.

(cid:129) Statement of Cash Flows (amendments to IAS 7) improves disclosures regarding changes in financing liabilities. The

amendments were applied prospectively for the annual period commencing September 1, 2017.

(cid:129) Income Taxes (amendments to IAS 12) clarifies how to account for deferred tax assets related to debt instruments measured

at fair value. The amendments were applied prospectively for the annual period commencing September 1, 2017.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

85

Standards, interpretations and amendments to standards issued but not yet effective

The Company has not yet adopted certain standards and interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective. The
following pronouncements are being assessed to determine the impact on the Company’s results and financial position.

(cid:129) IFRS 2 Share-based Payment was amended in 2016 to clarify the accounting and measurement for certain types of share-
based payment transactions. It is required to be applied for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2018. The
amendments to IFRS 2 will not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

(cid:129) IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments and applies a

principal-based approach to the classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, including an
expected credit loss model for calculating impairment, and includes new requirements for hedge accounting. The standard is
required to be applied retrospectively for the annual period commencing January 1, 2018. The adoption of IFRS 9 will not
have a significant impact on our financial statements.

(cid:129) IFRS 16 Leases was issued in January 2016 and replaces IAS 17 Leases. The new standard requires entities to recognize
lease assets and lease obligations on the balance sheet. For lessees, IFRS 16 removes the classification of leases as either
operating leases or finance leases, effectively treating all leases as finance leases. Certain short-term leases (less than
12 months) and leases of low-value are exempt from the requirements and may continue to be treated as operating leases.
Lessors will continue with a dual lease classification model. Classification will determine how and when a lessor will
recognize lease revenue, and what assets would be recorded.

As the Company has significant contractual obligations currently being recognized as operating leases, we anticipate that the
application of IFRS 16 will result in a material increase to both assets and liabilities and material changes to the timing of
the recognition of expenses associated with the lease arrangements although at this stage in the Company’s IFRS 16
implementation process, it is not possible to make reasonable quantitative estimates of the effects of the new standard.

We have a team engaged to ensuring our compliance with IFRS 16. This team has been responsible for determining
information technology requirements, ensuring scoping and data collection is appropriate, and communicating the upcoming
changes with various stakeholders. In 2019, we will be implementing a process that will enable us to comply with the
requirements of IFRS 16 on a lease-by-lease basis. As a result, we are continuing to assess the effect of this standard on our
consolidated financial statements and it is not yet possible to make a reliable estimate of its effect. We expect to disclose
the estimated financial effects of the adoption of IFRS 16 in our 2019 consolidated financial statements.

The standard may be applied retroactively or using a modified retrospective approach for annual periods commencing
January 1, 2019, which for the Company will be the annual period commencing September 1, 2019. The Company will
evaluate the adoption approach in conjunction with its assessment of the expected impacts of adoption.

(cid:129) IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments was issued in 2017 to clarify how to apply the recognition and

measurement requirements in IAS 12 when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. It is required to be applied for
annual periods commencing January 1, 2019.

(cid:129) IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, was issued in May 2014 and replaces IAS 11 Construction Contracts,

IAS 18 Revenue, IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programs, IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate, IFRIC 18
Transfers of Assets from Customers and SIC-31 Revenue – Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services. The new
standard requires revenue to be recognized in a manner that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers
in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services. The principles
are to be applied in the following five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (2) identify the performance
obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance
obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. IFRS 15
also provides guidance relating to the treatment of contract acquisition and contract fulfillment costs.

The application of IFRS 15 will impact the Company’s reported results, including the classification and timing of revenue
recognition and the treatment of costs incurred to obtain contracts with customers.

Revenue – timing and classification
The application of this standard will most significantly affect our Wireless arrangements that bundle equipment and service
together, specifically with regards to the timing of recognition and classification of revenue. The timing of recognition and
classification of revenue is affected because at contract inception, IFRS 15 requires the estimation of total consideration to
be received over the contract term, and the allocation of that consideration to performance obligations in the contract,
typically based on the relative stand-alone selling price of each obligation. This will result in a decrease to equipment
revenue recognized at contract inception, as the discount previously recognized over 24 months will now be recognized at

86

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

contract inception, and a decrease to service revenue recognized over the course of the contract, as a portion of the discount
previously allocated solely to equipment revenue will be allocated to service revenue. The measurement of total revenue
recognized over the life of a contract will be largely unaffected by the new standard. We do not expect the application of
IFRS 15 to affect our timing of cash flows from operations or the methods and underlying economics through which we
transact with our customers.

Costs of contract acquisition – timing of recognition
IFRS 15 also requires that incremental costs to obtain a contract with a customer (for example, commissions) be capitalized
and amortized into operating expenses over the life of a contract on a rational, systematic basis consistent with the pattern
of the transfer of goods or services to which the asset relates. The Company currently expenses such costs as incurred.

Contract assets and liabilities
The Company’s financial position will also be impacted by the adoption of IFRS 15, with new contract asset and contract
liability categories recognized to reflect differences between the timing of revenue recognition and the actual billing of those
goods and services to customers. While similar differences are recognized currently, IFRS 15 introduces additional
requirements and disclosures specific to contracts with customers.

For purposes of applying the new standard on an ongoing basis, we must make judgments in respect of the new standard.
We must make judgments in determining whether a promise to deliver goods or services is considered distinct, how to
determine the transaction prices and how to allocate those amounts amongst the associated performance obligations. We
must also exercise judgment as to whether sales-based compensation amounts are costs incurred to obtain contracts with
customers that should be capitalized and subsequently amortized on a systematic basis over time.

The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, which for the Company will be the
annual period commencing September 1, 2018 and must be applied either retrospectively or on a modified retrospective
basis for all contracts that are not complete as at that date. We have made a policy choice to restate each period presented
and recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 15 as an adjustment to the opening balance of equity at the
beginning of the earliest period presented, subject to certain adopted practical expedients.

Impacts of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Based on our preliminary analysis, IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, will affect the fiscal 2018 comparative
amounts to be reported in our fiscal 2019 Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

(billions of Canadian dollars)

Revenue
Operating, general and administrative expenses
Other non-operating costs

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense

Net income from continuing operations

Year ended August 31, 2018

As
reported

Estimated effect
of transition

Subsequent to
transition

i.
ii.

5.24
(3.15)
(1.88)

0.21
0.14

0.07

(0.05)
0.02
–

(0.03)
(0.01)

(0.02)

5.19
(3.13)
(1.88)

0.18
0.13

0.05

i) Allocation of transaction price
Revenue recognized at point of sale requires the estimation of total consideration over the contract term and allocation of
that consideration to all performance obligations in the contract based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. For
Wireless term contracts, equipment revenue recognized at contract inception, as well as service revenue recognized over the
course of the contract will be lower than previously recognized.

ii) Deferred commission costs
Costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer were previously expensed as incurred. Under IFRS 15, these
costs are capitalized and subsequently amortized as an expense over the life of the contract on a rational, systematic basis
consistent with the pattern of the transfer of goods and services to which the asset relates. As a result, commission costs are
reduced in the period, with an offsetting increase in amortization of capitalized costs over the average life of a customer
contract.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

87

Based on our preliminary analysis, IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, will affect the fiscal 2018 comparative
amounts to be reported in our fiscal 2019 Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as follows:

(billions of Canadian dollars)

ASSETS
Current
Current portion of contract assets
Other current assets
Remainder of current assets

Contract assets
Other long-term assets
Remainder of long-term assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’

EQUITY

Current
Unearned revenue
Current portion of contract liabilities
Remainder of current liabilities

Deferred credits
Deferred income tax liabilities
Contract liabilities
Remainder of long-term liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

As at September 1, 2017

As at August 31, 2018

As
reported

Estimated
effect
of transition

Subsequent to
transition

As
reported

Estimated
effect of
transition

Subsequent to
transition

i.
ii.

i.
ii.

i.
i.

i.
ii.
i.

–
0.16
0.96

1.12
–
0.26
12.99

14.37

0.21
–
1.18

1.39
0.49
1.86
–
4.48

8.22

6.15

14.37

0.01
0.02
–

0.03
0.05
(0.03)
–

0.05

(0.21)
0.21
–

–
(0.02)
–
0.02
–

–

0.05

0.05

0.01
0.18
0.96

1.15
0.05
0.23
12.99

14.42

–
0.21
1.18

1.39
0.47
1.86
0.02
4.48

8.22

6.20

14.42

–
0.29
0.74

1.03
–
0.29
13.10

0.05
(0.04)
–

0.01
0.08
(0.08)
–

14.42

0.01

0.22
–
1.39

1.61
0.46
1.89
–
4.50

(0.22)
0.22
–

–
(0.02)
(0.01)
0.02
–

8.46

(0.01)

5.96

14.42

0.02

0.01

0.05
0.25
0.74

1.04
0.08
0.21
13.10

14.43

–
0.22
1.39

1.61
0.44
1.88
0.02
4.50

8.45

5.98

14.43

i) Contract assets and liabilities
Contract assets and liabilities are the result of the difference in timing related to revenue recognized at the beginning of a
contract and cash collected. Contract assets arise primarily as a result of the difference between revenue recognized on the
sale of wireless device at the onset of a term contract and the cash collected at the point of sale.

Contract liabilities are the result of receiving payment related to a customer contract before providing the related goods or
services. We will account for contract assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis, with each contract being
presented as a single net contract asset or net contract liability accordingly.

ii) Deferred commission cost asset
Under IFRS 15, we will defer commission costs paid to internal and external representatives as a result of obtaining
contracts with customers as deferred commission cost assets and amortize them over the pattern of the transfer of goods and
services to the customer, which is typically evenly over 24 to 36 months.

The application of IFRS 15 will not affect our cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities.

88

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Change in accounting policy

In September 2017, the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“the Committee”) published a summary of its agenda decision
regarding accounting for interest and penalties related to income taxes, which is not specifically addressed by IFRS Standards.
Although the Committee decided not to add this issue to its standard-setting agenda, the Committee noted if an entity
considers a particular amount payable or receivable for interest and penalties to be an income tax, then the entity applies IAS
12 Income Taxes to that amount. If an entity does not apply IAS 12 to a particular amount payable or receivable for interest
and penalties, it applies IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. As such, the Company retrospectively
changed its accounting policy for the accounting of interest and penalties related to income taxes to be in line with the
Committee decision. The change of accounting policy did not have a significant impact on the previously reported consolidated
financial statements.

3. ASSET DISPOSITIONS AND ASSET HELD FOR SALE

Shaw Tracking

In the third quarter of fiscal 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to sell a group of assets comprising the operations
of Shaw Tracking, a fleet tracking operation reported within the Company’s Wireline segment, for proceeds of approximately US
$20 million, net of working capital adjustments. Accordingly, the operating results and operating cash flows of the Tracking
business are presented as discontinued operations separate from the Company’s continuing operations.

The transaction closed on September 15, 2017 and the Company recognized a loss on the divestiture within income from
discontinued operations as follows:

Proceeds on disposal, net of transaction costs of $nil
Net assets disposed

Income taxes

Loss on divestiture, net of tax

The asset and liabilities disposed of were as follows:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Other long-term assets
Goodwill

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Deferred credits
Deferred income tax liabilities

August 31, 2018

18
(22)

(4)
2

(6)

$

6
5
1
25
24

61

8
33
(2)

22

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

89

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the major classes of assets and liabilities of the disposal group which were
classified as held for sale as at August 31, 2017:

August 31, 2017

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Other long-term assets
Goodwill

Total assets of the discontinued operations classified as held for sale

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Deferred credits
Deferred income tax liabilities

Total liabilities of the discontinued operations classified as held for sale

6
6
1
24
24

61

9
32
(2)

39

ViaWest
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, the Company announced it had entered into an agreement to sell 100% of its wholly
owned subsidiary Viawest, Inc. (“Viawest”) for proceeds of approximately US$1.68 billion. Accordingly, the operating results
and operating cash flows for the previously reported Business Infrastructure Services segment are presented as discontinued
operations separate from the Company’s continuing operations. Prior period financial information has also been reclassified to
present the Business Infrastructure Services division of the Company as a discontinued operation.

The transaction closed on August 1, 2017 and the Company recognized a gain on the divestiture within income from
discontinued operations as follows:

Proceeds on disposal, net of transaction costs of $14
Reclassification of accumulated exchange differences from other comprehensive income related to the sale of

a foreign operation
Net assets disposed

Income taxes

Gain on divestiture, net of tax

August 31, 2017

1,905

82
(1,625)

362
32

330

In connection with the sale, the Company repaid Viawest debt of approximately US$466 and amounts outstanding under the
Company’s bank credit facility of US$380.

The assets and liabilities disposed of were as follows:

Cash
Accounts receivable
Other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other long-term assets
Intangibles
Goodwill

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Unearned revenue
Long-term debt
Other long-term liabilities
Deferred credits
Deferred income tax liabilities

90

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

$

10
19
11
491
17
443
934

1,925

32
5
139
20
15
89

300

Results of Discontinued Operations

A reconciliation of the major classes of line items constituting income from discontinued operations, net of tax, as presented in
the consolidated statements of income is shown below:

August 31, 2018

Revenue

Operating, general and administrative expenses

Purchases of goods and services

Loss from discontinued operations before loss on divestiture
Loss on divestiture, net of tax

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

August 31, 2017

Revenue

Eliminations (1)

Operating, general and administrative expenses

Employee salaries and benefits
Purchases of goods and services

Eliminations (1)

Restructuring costs
Amortization (2)
Interest on long-term debt
Accretion of long-term liabilities and provisions
Impairment of goodwill/disposal group

Loss from discontinued operations before tax and gain on divestiture
Income taxes

Loss from discontinued operations before gain on divestiture
Gain on divestiture, net of tax

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Shaw Tracking ViaWest

Total

1

1

1

–
(6)

(6)

–

–

–

–
–

–

1

–
1

1

–
(6)

(6)

Shaw Tracking ViaWest

Total

33
–

33

7
18

25
–

25
3
(2)
–
–
32

(25)
2

(27)
–

(27)

336
(2)

334

80
124

204
(2)

202
–
103
32
12
–

(15)
(6)

(9)
330

369
(2)

367

–
87
142

229
(2)

227
3
101
32
12
32

(40)
(4)

(36)
330

321

294

(1) Eliminations relate to intercompany transactions between continuing and discontinued operations. The costs are included in

continuing operations as they continue to be incurred subsequent to the disposition.

(2) As of the date Viawest met the criteria to be classified as held for sale, the Company ceased amortization of non-current
assets of the division, including property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other. Amortization that would otherwise
have been taken in the year amounted to $16.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

91

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Subscriber and trade receivables
Due from related parties (note 28)
Miscellaneous receivables

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

2018
$

2017
$

305
–
7

278
1
55

312
(57)

334
(48)

255

286

Included in operating, general and administrative expenses is a provision for doubtful accounts of $38 (2017 – $40).

5.

INVENTORIES

Subscriber equipment of $101 (2017 – $109) includes DTH equipment, DCTs and related customer premise equipment, as
well as wireless handsets.

6. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses
Wireless handset receivables

7.

INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS

Publicly traded companies
Investments in private entities

2018
$

2017
$

103
183

99
56

286

155

2018
$

2017
$

615
45

896
41

660

937

The Company has a portfolio of minor investments in various private entities.

Corus

Corus is a leading media and content company that creates and delivers high quality brands and content across platforms for
audiences around the world. The company’s portfolio of multimedia offerings encompasses 44 specialty television services,
39 radio stations, 15 conventional television stations, a global content business, digital assets, live events, children’s book
publishing, animation software, technology and media services. Corus is headquartered in Canada, and its stock is listed on the
TSX under the symbol CJR.B.

In connection with the sale of the Media division to Corus in 2016, the Company received 71,364,853 Corus Class B
non-voting participating shares (the “Corus B Consideration Shares”) representing approximately 37% of Corus’ total issued
equity of Class A and Class B shares. Although the Class B Corus shares do not have voting rights, the Company is considered to
have significant influence due to Board representation. The Company agreed to retain approximately one third of its Corus B
Consideration Shares for 12 months post-closing, a second one third for 18 months post-closing, and the final one third for
24 months post-closing, until March 31, 2018. As at August 31, 2018, the Company still holds all of the Corus B
Consideration Shares that were received.

The Company also agreed to have its Corus B Consideration Shares participate in Corus’ dividend reinvestment plan until
September 1, 2017. For the year ended August 31, 2018, the Company received dividends of $92 (2017 – $88) from Corus,
of which $nil (2017 – $81) were reinvested in additional Corus Class B shares. At August 31, 2018, the Company owned

92

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

80,630,383 (2017 – 80,630,383) Corus Class B shares having a fair value of $298 (2017 – $1,109) and representing 38%
(2017 – 39%) of the total issued equity of Corus. The Company’s weighted average ownership of Corus for the year ended
August 31, was 39% (2017 – 38%). As of September 1, 2017, the Company’s Corus B Consideration Shares no longer
participate in Corus’ dividend reinvestment plan.

Summary financial information for Corus is as follows:

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Net assets
Less: non-controlling interests

Carrying amount of the investment less accumulated impairment losses

Revenue
Net income (loss) attributable to:

Shareholders
Non-controlling interest

Other comprehensive income, attributable to shareholders

Comprehensive income (loss)

Equity income from associates, excluding goodwill impairment
Impairment of investment in associate (1)

Equity income from associates (2)
Other comprehensive income from equity accounted associates (2)

2018
$

2017
$

508
4,375
(523)
(2,683)

1,677
(154)

525
5,543
(604)
(2,864)

2,600
(159)

1,523

2,441

615

897

Year ended August 31,

2018

2017

1,647

1,679

(784)
26

(758)
25

(733)

84
(284)

(200)
10

(190)

192
32

224
33

257

73
–

73
13

86

(1) The Company assessed its investment in Corus for indicators of impairment, which included a significant and sustained

decrease in the share price as well as the recording by Corus of an impairment charge against their goodwill and broadcast
license intangibles, and found that there was evidence that impairment had occurred. The Company compared the
recoverable amount to the carrying value and determined that an impairment charge of $284 was required. The recoverable
amount was determined based on the value in use of the investment.

(2) The Company’s share of income and other comprehensive income reflect the weighted average proportion of Corus net
income and other comprehensive income attributable to shareholders for the years ended August 31, 2018 and 2017.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

93

Shomi Partnership

The Company had a 50% joint control interest in Shomi Partnership (“shomi”), which was a subscription video-on-demand
service that launched in November 2014. In September 2016, Shaw and Rogers Communications Inc., announced the decision
to wind down its operations with service ending on November 30, 2016. The Company’s interest in shomi was accounted for
using the equity method until May 31, 2016, at which point the investment was written down to zero. In December 2017, the
remaining assets associated with shomi were transferred to their respective partners and the partnership was officially wound
up. For the year ended August 31, 2018, an investment loss of $nil (2017 – $82) has been recorded. Summarized financial
information is as follows:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Partnership net assets

Carrying amount of the investment (1)

Revenue

Expenses

Partnership net loss

Equity loss in the partnership (1)

2018
$

–

–

–

–

–

–

2017
$

10

–

–

–

10

–

Year ended August 31,

2018

2017

–

–

–

–

(19)

252

271

–

(1) The Company’s carrying amount the investment and equity loss does not equal 50% of the partnership’s net assets and net

loss due to elimination of unrealized profit on downstream transactions between the Company and shomi and the write-down
of the carrying amount of the investment during the year.

8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cable and telecommunications distribution system

Digital cable terminals and modems

Satellite audio, video and data network and DTH

receiving equipment

Land and buildings

Data centre infrastructure, data processing and other

Assets under construction

August 31, 2018

August 31, 2017

Cost
$

6,506

855

111

641

679

215

Accumulated
amortization
$

Net book
value
$

3,142

499

3,364

356

46

238

410

–

65

403

269

215

Cost
$

5,955

826

124

645

685

101

Accumulated
amortization
$

Net book
value
$

2,843

468

3,112

358

64

217

400

–

60

428

285

101

9,007

4,335

4,672

8,336

3,992

4,344

94

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Changes in the net carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment for 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:

August 31,
2017

Net book
value
$

Additions
$

Transfers
$

Acquisition
$

Amortization
$

Disposals
and
writedown
$

Divestment
$

Foreign
exchange
translation
$

Net book
value
$

August 31,
2018

Cable and

telecommunications
distribution system

Digital cable terminals

3,112

578

208

and modems

358

224

Satellite audio, video
and data network
and DTH receiving
equipment

Land and buildings

Data centre

infrastructure, data
processing and
other

Assets under

construction

–

–

–

60

428

19

4

285

27

11

101

333

(219)

4,344

1,185

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(524)

(10)

(226)

(14)

(29)

(54)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(847)

(10)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,364

356

65

403

269

215

4,672

August 31,
2017

August 31,
2016

Net book
value
$

Additions
$

Transfers
$

Acquisition
$

Amortization
$

Disposals
and
writedown
$

Divestment
$

Foreign
exchange
translation
$

Net book
value
$

Cable and

telecommunications
distribution system

Digital cable terminals

2,807

519

272

and modems

347

224

Satellite audio, video
and data network
and DTH receiving
equipment

Land and buildings

Data centre

infrastructure, data
processing and
other

Assets under

construction

–

–

195

62

393

15

61

622

79

10

376

224

(477)

4,607

1,122

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(485)

(1)

(213)

(17)

(37)

(117)

–

(869)

–

–

–

(1)

–

(2)

–

–

–

(176)

–

–

–

(8)

(294)

(14)

(21)

(1)

3,112

358

60

428

285

101

(491)

(23)

4,344

In 2018, the Company recognized a loss of $1 (2017 – loss of $2) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

95

9. OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS

Equipment costs subject to a deferred revenue arrangement

Long-term Wireless handset receivables

Customer equipment financing receivables

Credit facility arrangement fees

Other

2018
$

2017
$

121

163

99

29

–

4

2

5

76

56

300

255

Amortization provided in the accounts for 2018 amounted to $196 (2017 – $134), including $nil (2017 – $12) recorded in
discontinued operations, and was recorded as amortization of deferred equipment costs and other amortization.

10.

INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL

Broadcast rights and licences

Cable systems

DTH and satellite services

Wireless spectrum licences

Other intangibles

Software

Customer relationships

Goodwill

Cable and telecommunications systems

Wireless

Net book value

2018
$

2017
$

4,016 4,016

1,013 1,013

5,029 5,029

1,953 1,947

434

66

380

79

7,482 7,435

79

201

280

79

201

280

7,762 7,715

Broadcast rights and licences, trademark, brands and wireless spectrum licences have been assessed as having indefinite useful
lives. While licences must be renewed from time to time, the Company has never failed to do so. In addition, there are currently
no legal, regulatory, competitive or other factors that limit the useful lives of these assets.

96

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

The changes in the carrying amount of intangibles with indefinite useful lives, and therefore not subject to amortization, are as
follows:

September 1, 2016

Additions

Disposition (note 3)

Write-down (note 3)

Foreign currency translation

August 31, 2017

Additions

Disposition

August 31, 2018

Broadcast
rights and
licences
$

5,029

–

–

–

–

5,029

–

–

5,029

Trademark
and brands
$

Goodwill
$

Wireless
spectrum
licences
$

53

–

(51)

–

(2)

–

–

–

–

1,315

1,517

–

430

(958)

(32)

(45)

–

–

–

280

1,947

–

–

25

(19)

280

1,953

Intangibles subject to amortization are as follows:

Software

Software under construction

Customer relationships

August 31, 2018

August 31, 2017

Cost
$

595

22

114

731

Accumulated
amortization
$

Net book
value
$

183

–

48

231

412

22

66

500

Cost
$

524

3

114

641

Accumulated
amortization
$

Net book
value
$

147

–

35

182

377

3

79

459

The changes in the carrying amount of intangibles subject to amortization are as follows:

September 1, 2016

Additions

Transfers

Disposition (note 3)

Amortization

Foreign currency translation

August 31, 2017

Additions

Transfers

Amortization

August 31, 2018

Program rights
and advances
$

Software
$

Software
under
construction
$

Customer
relationships
$

–

1

–

–

(1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

118

99

234

(7)

(67)

–

377

121

(2)

(84)

412

211

26

(234)

–

–

–

3

17

2

–

22

522

–

–

(386)

(39)

(18)

79

–

–

(13)

66

Total
$

851

126

–

(393)

(107)

(18)

459

138

–

(97)

500

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

97

Impairment testing of indefinite-life intangibles and goodwill

The Company conducted its annual impairment test on goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles as at February 1, 2018 and the
recoverable amount of the cash generating units exceeded their carrying value.

A hypothetical decline of 10% in the recoverable amount of the broadcast rights and licences for the Cable cash generating unit
as at February 1, 2018 would not result in any impairment loss. A hypothetical decline of 10% in the recoverable amount of
the broadcast rights and licences for the Satellite cash generating unit as at February 1, 2018 would not result in an
impairment loss. The Wireless cash generating unit was created with the acquisition of Freedom on March 1, 2016. A
hypothetical decline of 10% in the recoverable amount of the Wireless generating unit as at February 1, 2018 would not result
in any impairment loss.

Any changes in economic conditions since the impairment testing conducted as at February 1, 2018 do not represent events or
changes in circumstance that would be indicative of impairment at August 31, 2018.

Significant estimates inherent to this analysis include discount rates and the terminal value. At February 1, 2018, the
estimates that have been utilized in the impairment tests reflect any changes in market conditions and are as follows:

Cable

Satellite

Wireless

Terminal value

Post-tax
discount rate

Terminal
growth rate

8.0%

8.5%

9.0%

2.5%

0.0%

2.5%

Terminal operating
income before
restructuring costs and
amortization multiple

7.5X

5.5X

8.0X

A sensitivity analysis of significant estimates is conducted as part of every impairment test. With respect to the impairment
tests performed in the second quarter, the estimated decline in recoverable amount for the sensitivity of significant estimates is
as follows:

Cable

Satellite

Wireless

Estimated decline in recoverable amount

Terminal value

1% increase in
discount rate

1% decrease in
terminal growth rate

0.5 times decrease in
terminal operating
income before
restructuring costs and
amortization multiple

10.0%

7.0%

11.0%

6.0%

n/a

7.0%

3.0%

3.0%

3.0%

98

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

11. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

On June 19, 2018 the Company established an accounts receivable securitization program with a Canadian financial institution
which will allow it to sell certain trade receivables into the program up to a maximum of $100. The Company will continue to
service and retain substantially all of the risks and rewards relating to the trade receivables sold, and therefore, the trade
receivables will remain recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the funding received will
be recorded as a current liability (revolving floating rate loans) secured by the trade receivables. The buyer’s interest in the
accounts receivable ranks ahead of the Company’s interest and the program restricts it from using the trade receivables as
collateral for any other purpose. The buyer of the trade receivables has no claim on any of the Company’s other assets. Sale
proceeds in respect of the new securitization program of approximately $40 were received on June 19, 2018. The term of this
revolving-period agreement ends on June 19, 2019.

A summary of our accounts receivable securitization program as at August 31 is as follows:

Trade accounts receivable sold to buyer as security

Short-term borrowings from buyer

Overcollateralization

Accounts receivable securitization program, beginning of period

Proceeds received from accounts receivable securitization

Repayment of accounts receivable securitization

Accounts receivable securitization program, end of period

12. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Trade

Program rights

Accrued liabilities

Accrued network fees

Interest and dividends

Related parties (note 28)

2018
$

2017
$

429

(40)

389

–

–

–

2018
$

2017
$

–

40

–

40

–

–

–

–

2018
$

2017
$

98

8

496

125

227

17

73

12

436

134

224

34

971

913

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

99

13. PROVISIONS

September 1, 2016
Additions
Accretion
Reversal
Payments

August 31, 2017
Additions
Accretion
Reversal
Payments

August 31, 2018

Current
Long-term

August 31, 2017

Current
Long-term

August 31, 2018

Asset retirement
obligations
$

Restructuring(1)(2)
$

Other
$

Total
$

46
13
1
–
–

60
6
1
–
–

67

–
60

60

–
67

67

4
57
–
–
(54)

7
446
–
–
(177)

276

7
–

7

166
110

276

57
103
–
(2)
(82)

76
25
–
(13)
(7)

81

69
7

76

79
2

81

107
173
1
(2)
(136)

143
477
1
(13)
(184)

424

76
67

143

245
179

424

(1) During 2017, the Company restructured certain operations within the Wireline segment and announced a realignment to
integrate certain Consumer/Business operations and Freedom Mobile. A total of $5 has been paid in fiscal 2018. The
majority of the remaining costs are expected to be paid within the next six months.

(2) During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company offered a voluntary departure program to a group of eligible

employees and in the second half of 2018 additional changes to its organizational structure as part of a total business
transformation initiative. In connection with the restructuring, the Company recorded $446 primarily related to severance
and employee related costs in respect of the approximate 3,300 affected employees. A total of $172 has been paid in fiscal
2018. The remaining costs are expected to be paid within the next 29 months.

100

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

14. LONG-TERM DEBT

2018

2017

Effective
interest
rates
%

Long-term
debt at
amortized
cost(1)
$

Adjustment
for finance
costs(1)
$

Long-term
debt
repayable
at maturity
$

Long-term
debt at
amortized
cost(1)
$

Adjustment
for finance
costs(1)
$

Long-term
debt
repayable
at maturity
$

Corporate

Cdn fixed rate senior notes-

5.65% due October 1, 2019
5.50% due December 7, 2020
3.15% due February 19, 2021
4.35% due January 31, 2024
3.80% due March 1, 2027
6.75% due November 9, 2039

5.69
5.55
3.17
4.35
3.84
6.89

Other
Freedom Mobile – other
Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings

Partnership

Various

Various

Total consolidated debt
Less current portion

1,248
499
299
498
298
1,419

4,261

–

50

4,311
1

4,310

2
1
1
2
2
31

39

–

–

39
–

39

1,250
500
300
500
300
1,450

4,300

–

50

4,350
1

4,349

1,247
498
298
498
298
1,419

4,258

2

40

4,300
2

4,298

3
2
2
2
2
31

42

–

–

42
–

42

1,250
500
300
500
300
1,450

4,300

2

40

4,342
2

4,340

(1) Long-term debt is presented net of unamortized discounts and finance costs.

Corporate

Bank loans

During 2012, a syndicate of banks provided the Company with an unsecured $1 billion credit facility which includes a
maximum revolving term or swingline facility of $50. During 2016, the Company elected to increase its borrowing capacity by
$500 under the terms of the amended facility. During 2017, the Company amended the terms of the facility to extend the
maturity date from December 2019 to December 2021. Funds are available to the Company in both Canadian and US dollars.
At August 31, 2018, $2 (2017 – $2) has been drawn as committed letters of credit against the revolving term facility. Interest
rates fluctuate with Canadian prime and bankers’ acceptance rates, US bank base rates and LIBOR rates. Excluding the
revolving term facility, the effective interest rate on actual borrowings under the credit facility during 2018 was nil
(2017 – 2.48%). The effective interest rate on the revolving term facility for 2018 was nil (2017 – 3.18%).

Senior notes

The senior notes are unsecured obligations and rank equally and ratably with all existing and future senior indebtedness. The
fixed rate notes are redeemable at the Company’s option at any time, in whole or in part, prior to maturity at 100% of the
principal amount plus a make-whole premium.

On February 28, 2017, the Company issued $300 senior notes at a rate of 3.80% due March 1, 2027.

On March 2, 2017, the Company repaid $400 5.70% senior notes at their maturity.

Other

Freedom Mobile

Finance lease obligations and amounts owing in connection with financing of certain computer equipment and services matured
in 2018.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

101

Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership (the “Partnership”)

The Company has a 33.33% interest in the Partnership which built the Shaw Tower project with office/retail space and living/
working space in Vancouver, BC. In the fall of 2004, the commercial construction of the building was completed and at that
time, the Partnership issued ten year 6.31% secured mortgage bonds in respect of the commercial component of the Shaw
Tower. In February 2014, the Partnership refinanced its debt. The Partnership received a mortgage loan and used the proceeds
to prepay the outstanding balance of the previous mortgage and loan excess funds to each of its partners. The mortgage loan
matures on November 1, 2024 and bears interest at 4.683% compounded semi-annually with interest only payable for the first
five years. The mortgage loan is collateralized by the property and the commercial rental income from the building with no
recourse to the Company.

In February 2018, the Partnership refinanced its debt. The Partnership received an additional mortgage loan of $30 and used
the proceeds to loan excess funds to each of its partners, of which the Company received $10. The additional loan matures on
November 1, 2024 and bears interest at 4.14% compounded semi-annually.

ViaWest

During 2015, ViaWest entered into a credit facility consisting of a term loan in the amount of US $395 and a revolving credit
facility of US $85. Commencing August 2015, the term loan had quarterly principal repayments of US $1 with the balance due
on maturity in March 2022 while the revolving credit facility matured in March 2020. During 2016, ViaWest entered into an
incremental US $80 term loan and increased the borrowing capacity available on the revolving facility by US $35. The
incremental term loan had quarterly principal repayments commencing May 2016 with the balance due on maturity in March
2022. Interest rates fluctuated with LIBOR, US prime and US Federal Funds rates and the facilities were secured by a first
priority security interest in specific assets pursuant to the terms of the security agreement.

ViaWest finance lease obligations and amounts owing to landlords in connection with financing of leasehold improvements had
various expiry and maturity dates through to 2023. Collateral was provided as security for the related transactions and
agreements as required.

Both the ViaWest credit facility and other obligations were divested in connection with the sale of ViaWest in August 2017.

Debt covenants

The Company and its subsidiaries have undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of the credit agreements and trust
indentures described above. The Company and its subsidiaries were in compliance with these covenants at August 31, 2018.

Long-term debt repayments

Mandatory principal repayments on all long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter

$

1
1,251
801
1
1
2,295

4,350

102

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Interest expense

Interest expense – long-term debt

Amortization of senior notes discounts

Interest income – short-term (net)

Capitalized interest

Interest expense – other

15. OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Pension liabilities (note 27)
Post retirement liabilities (note 27)
Other

16. DEFERRED CREDITS

IRU prepayments
Equipment revenue
Connection fee and installation revenue
Deposit on future fibre sale
Other

2018
$

2017
$

245

262

1

(6)

–

8

1

(3)

(2)

9

248

267

2018
$

2017
$

10
3
–

13

99
5
10

114

2018
$

2017
$

411
29
18
2
–

423
44
20
2
1

460

490

Amortization of deferred credits for 2018 amounted to $55 (2017 – $79) and was recorded in the accounts as described
below.

IRU agreements are in place for periods ranging from 21 to 60 years and are being amortized to income over the agreement
periods. Amortization in respect of the IRU agreements for 2018 amounted to $13 (2017 – $13) and was recorded as other
amortization. Amortization of equipment revenue for 2018 amounted to $29 (2017 – $52), of which $nil (2017 – $14) is
included in the results for discontinued operations. Amortization of connection fee and installation revenue for 2018 amounted
to $13 (2017 – $14) and was recorded as revenue.

17. SHARE CAPITAL

Authorized

The Company is authorized to issue a limited number of Class A voting participating shares (“Class A Shares”) of no par value,
as described below, and an unlimited number of Class B non-voting participating shares (“Class B Non-Voting Shares”) of no
par value, Class 1 preferred shares, Class 2 preferred shares, Class A preferred shares and Class B preferred shares.

The authorized number of Class A Shares is limited, subject to certain exceptions, to the lesser of that number of shares
(i) currently issued and outstanding and (ii) that may be outstanding after any conversion of Class A Shares into Class B
Non-Voting Shares.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

103

Issued and outstanding

2018

2017

Number of securities

22,420,064

22,420,064
484,194,344 474,350,861
10,012,393
1,987,607

10,012,393
1,987,607

Class A Shares
Class B Non-Voting Shares
Series A Preferred Shares
Series B Preferred Shares

518,614,408 508,770,925

Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares

2018
$

2
4,054
245
48

4,349

2017
$

2
3,795
245
48

4,090

Class A Shares are convertible at any time into an equivalent number of Class B Non-Voting Shares. In the event that a take-
over bid is made for Class A Shares, in certain circumstances, the Class B Non-Voting Shares are convertible into an equivalent
number of Class A Shares.

Changes in Class A Share capital and Class B Non-Voting Share capital in 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

September 1, 2016
Stock option exercises
Dividend reinvestment plan

August 31, 2017
Stock option exercises
Dividend reinvestment plan

August 31, 2018

Series A and B Preferred Shares

Class A Shares

Class B Non-Voting Shares

Number

22,420,064
–
–

22,420,064
–
–

22,420,064

$

2
–
–

2
–
–

2

Number

$

463,827,512
3,256,981
7,266,368

474,350,861
1,854,594
7,988,889

3,504
93
198

3,795
48
211

484,194,344

4,054

The Cumulative Redeemable Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series A (“Series A Preferred Shares”) and Series B (“Series B
Preferred Shares”) represent series of class 2 preferred shares and are classified as equity since redemption, at $25.00 per
Series A Preferred Share and Series B Preferred Share, is at the Company’s option and payment of dividends is at the
Company’s discretion.

Share transfer restriction

The Articles of the Company empower the directors to refuse to issue or transfer any share of the Company that would
jeopardize or adversely affect the right of Shaw Communications Inc. or any subsidiary to obtain, maintain, amend or renew a
licence to operate a broadcasting undertaking pursuant to the Broadcasting Act (Canada).

18. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND AWARDS

Stock option plan

Under a stock option plan, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company are eligible to receive stock options to
acquire Class B Non-Voting Shares with terms not to exceed ten years from the date of grant. Options granted up to August 31,
2018 vest evenly on the anniversary dates from the original grant date at either 25% per year over four years or 20% per year
over five years. The options must be issued at not less than the fair market value of the Class B Non-Voting Shares at the date
of grant. The maximum number of Class B Non-Voting Shares issuable under the plan may not exceed 52,000,000. As at
August 31, 2018, 37,571,214 Class B Non-Voting Shares have been issued under the plan.

104

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

The changes in options are as follows:

Outstanding, beginning of year
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised (1)

Outstanding, end of year

2018

2017

Weighted
average
exercise
price
$

Number

Weighted
average
exercise
price
$

Number

10,158,005
2,790,000
(1,714,445)
(1,854,594)

24.45
27.17
26.45
23.05

11,353,136
2,923,000
(861,150)
(3,256,981)

23.70
26.89
25.82
23.72

9,378,966

25.18

10,158,005

24.45

(1) The weighted average Class B Non-Voting Share price for the options exercised was $27.87.

The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at August 31, 2018:

Range of prices

$18.79 - $20.80
$20.81 - $24.21
$24.22 - $26.22
$26.23 - $27.19
$27.20 - $30.87

Options outstanding

Options exerciseable

Number
outstanding

1,497,200
1,667,417
1,212,764
1,943,630
3,057,955

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life

Weighted
average
exercise
price

1.22
6.04
7.51
8.33
7.84

19.56
23.36
25.25
26.46
28.08

Number
exercisable

1,497,200
952,117
533,164
439,430
924,105

Weighted
average
exercise
price

19.56
23.08
25.00
26.55
28.16

The weighted average estimated fair value at the date of the grant for common share options granted for the year ended
August 31, 2018 was $2.11 (2017 – $1.83) per option. The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of the
grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life of options
Expected volatility factor of the future expected market price of Class B Non-Voting Shares

2018

2017

4.37% 4.41%
1.88% 0.94%
6 years
6 years
16.30% 16.80%

Expected volatility has been estimated based on the historical share price volatility of the Company’s Class B Non-Voting
Shares.

Restricted stock unit plan

The Company has an RSU plan for its officers and employees. An RSU is a right that tracks the value of one Class B Non-Voting
Share. Holders will be entitled to a cash payout upon vesting. The cash payout will be based on market value of a Class B
Non-Voting Share at the time of payout. When cash dividends are paid on Class B Non-Voting Shares, holders are credited with
RSUs equal to the dividend. RSUs do not have voting rights as there are no shares underlying the plan.

During 2018, $3 was recognized as compensation expense (2017 – $2). The carrying value and intrinsic value of RSUs at
August 31, 2018 was $3 and $3, respectively (August 31, 2017 – $2 and $2, respectively).

Deferred share unit plan

The Company has a DSU plan for its Board of Directors whereby directors can elect to receive their annual cash compensation,
or a portion thereof, in DSUs. In addition, the Company may adjust and/or supplement directors’ compensation with periodic

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

105

grants of DSUs. A DSU is a right that tracks the value of one Class B Non-Voting Share. Holders will be entitled to a cash
payout when they cease to be a director. The cash payout will be based on market value of a Class B Non-Voting Share at the
time of payout. When cash dividends are paid on Class B Non-Voting Shares, holders are credited with DSUs equal to the
dividend. DSUs do not have voting rights as there are no shares underlying the plan.

During 2018, $2 was recognized as compensation expense (2017 – $4). The carrying value and intrinsic value of DSUs at
August 31, 2018 was $24 and $20, respectively (August 31, 2017 – $22 and $19, respectively).

Employee share purchase plan

The Company’s ESPP provides employees with an incentive to increase the profitability of the Company and a means to
participate in that increased profitability. Generally, all non-unionized full time or part time employees of the Company are
eligible to enroll in the ESPP. Under the ESPP, eligible employees may contribute to a maximum of 5% of their monthly base
compensation. The Company contributes an amount equal to 25% of the employee’s contributions, increasing to 33% once an
employee reaches 10 years of continuous service.

During 2018, $7 was recorded as compensation expense (2017 – $7).

Share appreciation rights

A subsidiary of the Company, that was included in the disposition of ViaWest in the previous year, granted share appreciation
rights (“SAR”) to eligible employees of ViaWest. A SAR entitled the holder to the appreciation in value of one share of ViaWest
over the exercise price over a period of time. SARs granted to ViaWest employees post-acquisition vested 25% per year over four
years, had a 10 year contractual term and were cash settled. During 2018, $nil was recognized as compensation expense
(2017 – $1) and recorded in the results of discontinued operations. The carrying value of SARs liabilities, including the SARs
granted as partial consideration for the acquisition of ViaWest, at August 31, 2018 was $nil (2017 – $nil) as ViaWest was
divested on August 1, 2017.

19. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share calculations are as follows:

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share ($)
Net income from continuing operations
Deduct: dividends on Preferred Shares

Net income attributable to common shareholders from continuing operations
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to common shareholders

Net income attributable to common shareholders

Denominator (millions of shares)
Weighted average number of Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares for basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive securities (1)

Weighted average number of Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares for diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share ($)
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Attributable to common shareholders

Diluted earnings per share ($)
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Attributable to common shareholders

2018

2017

66
(8)

557
(8)

58
549
(6) 294

52

843

502
1

503

491
1

492

0.11 1.12
(0.01) 0.60

0.10 1.72

0.11 1.11
(0.01) 0.60

0.10 1.71

(1) The earnings per share calculation does not take into consideration the potential dilutive effect of certain stock options since

their impact is anti-dilutive. For the year ended August 31, 2018, 4,263,940 options were excluded from the diluted
earnings per share calculation (2017 – 2,138,047).

106

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

20. DIVIDENDS

Common share dividends

The holders of Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares are entitled to receive such dividends as the Board of Directors
determines to declare on a share-for-share basis, as and when any such dividends are declared or paid. The holders of Class B
Non-Voting Shares are entitled to receive during each dividend period, in priority to the payment of dividends on the Class A
Shares, an additional dividend at a rate of $0.0025 per share per annum. This additional dividend is subject to proportionate
adjustment in the event of future consolidations or subdivisions of shares and in the event of any issue of shares by way of stock
dividend. After payment or setting aside for payment of the additional non-cumulative dividends on the Class B Non-Voting
Shares, holders of Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares participate equally, share for share, as to all subsequent
dividends declared.

Preferred share dividends

Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares were entitled to receive, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, a
cumulative quarterly fixed dividend yielding 4.50% annually for the initial period ending June 30, 2016. Commencing
June 30, 2016, the dividend rate was reset to 2.791% for the five year period ending June 30, 2021. Thereafter, the dividend
rate will be reset every five years at a rate equal to the then current 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus 2.00%.
Holders of Series A Preferred Shares had the right, at their option, to convert their shares into Cumulative Redeemable Floating
Rate Preferred Shares, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Shares”), subject to certain conditions, on June 30, 2016 and on
June 30 every five years thereafter, with the next conversion date being June 30, 2021.

On June 30, 2016, 1,987,607 Series A Preferred Shares were converted into an equal number of Series B Preferred Shares.
The Series B Preferred Shares also represent a series of Class 2 preferred shares and holders will be entitled to receive
cumulative quarterly dividends, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, at a rate set quarterly equal to the
then current three-month Government of Canada Treasury Bill yield plus 2.00%. The floating quarterly dividend rate for the
Series B Preferred Shares were set as follows:

Period

June 30, 2016 to September 29, 2016
September 30, 2016 to December 30, 2016
December 31, 2016 to March 30, 2017
March 31, 2017 to June 29, 2017
June 30, 2017 to September 29, 2017
September 30, 2017 to December 30, 2017
December 31, 2017 to March 30, 2018
March 31, 2018 to June 29, 2018
June 30, 2018 to September 29, 2018
September 30, 2018 to December 30, 2018

Dividend reinvestment plan

Annual Dividend Rate

2.539%
2.512%
2.509%
2.480%
2.529%
2.742%
2.872%
3.171%
3.300%
3.509%

The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRIP”) that allows holders of Class A Shares and Class B Non-Voting Shares
who are residents of Canada and, effective December 16, 2016, the United States, to automatically reinvest monthly cash
dividends to acquire additional Class B Non-Voting Shares. Class B Non-Voting Shares distributed under the Company’s DRIP
are new shares issued from treasury at a 2% discount from the 5 day weighted average market price immediately preceding the
applicable dividend payment date.

Dividends declared

The dividends per share recognized as distributions to common shareholders for dividends declared during the year ended
August 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

Class A Voting Share

Class B Non-Voting Share

Class A Voting Share

Class B Non-Voting Share

2018

2017

1.1825

1.1850

1.1825

1.1850

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

107

The dividends per share recognized as distributions to preferred shareholders for dividends declared during the year ended
August 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

Series A Preferred Share

Series B Preferred Share

Series A Preferred Share

Series B Preferred Share

2018

2017

0.6978

0.7553

0.6978

0.6269

On June 28, 2018, the Company declared dividends of $0.17444 per Series A Preferred Share and $0.20625 per Series B
Preferred Share which were paid on October 1, 2018. The total amount paid was $2 of which $1 was not recognized as at
August 31, 2018.

On October 25, 2018, the Company declared dividends of $0.098542 per Class A Voting Share and $0.09875 per Class B
Non-Voting Share payable on each of December 28, 2018, January 30, 2019 and February 27, 2019 to shareholders of record
at the close of business on December 14, 2018, January 15, 2019 and February 15, 2019, respectively.

On October 25, 2018, the Company declared dividends of $0.17444 per Series A Preferred Share and $0.21931 per Series B
Preferred Share payable on December 31, 2018 to holders of record at the close of business on December 14, 2018.

21. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) AND ACCUMULATED OTHER

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Components of other comprehensive income and the related income tax effects for 2018 are as follows:

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income

Continuing operations:

Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Adjustment for hedged items recognized in the period
Share of other comprehensive income of associates

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income

Remeasurements on employee benefit plans:

Continuing operations

Amount
$

Income
taxes
$

Net
$

7
4
10

21

(2)
(1)
–

(3)

101

122

(27)

(30)

5
3
10

18

74

92

108

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Components of other comprehensive loss and the related income tax effects for 2017 are as follows:

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income

Continuing operations:

Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Adjustment for hedged items recognized in the period
Share of other comprehensive income of associates

Discontinued operations:

Exchange differences on translation of a foreign operation
Exchange differences on translation of US denominated debt hedging a foreign

operation

Reclassification of accumulated exchange differences to income related to the sale of a foreign

operation

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income

Remeasurements on employee benefit plans:

Continuing operations

Accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of the following:

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income

Continuing operations:

Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Share of other comprehensive income of associates

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income

Remeasurements on employee benefit plans:

Continuing operations

Amount
$

Income
taxes
$

Net
$

(9)
(3)
13

(50)

24

(82)

(107)

2
1
–

–

–

–

3

(7)
(2)
13

(50)

24

(82)

(104)

34

(73)

(9)

(6)

25

(79)

2018
$

2017
$

–
18

(8)
8

(57)

(131)

(39)

(131)

22. OPERATING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES AND RESTRUCTURING

COSTS

Employee salaries and benefits (1)
Purchases of goods and services

2018
$

2017
$

1,176
859
2,420 2,080

3,596 2,939

(1) Employee salaries and benefits include $423 (2017 – $54) in employee-related restructuring costs.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

109

23. OTHER GAINS (LOSSES)

Realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains
Investment write-downs
Gain/(loss) on disposal of fixed assets
Other

2018
$

2017
$

1
–
15
13

29

12
(82)
(2)
7

(65)

Other gains (losses) generally includes realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses on US dollar denominated
current assets and liabilities, gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment and minor investments, and the
Company’s share of the operations of Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership. In the prior year, the category also includes a
write-down of $82 in respect of the Company’s investment in shomi which announced a wind down of operations in
September 2016.

24. INCOME TAXES

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company’s net deferred tax liability
consists of the following:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

Significant changes recognized to deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

2018
$

2017
$

4
(1,894)

4
(1,858)

(1,890)

(1,854)

Property,
plant and
equipment
and
software
assets
$

Broadcast
rights,
licences,
customer
relationships,
trademark
and brands
$

(283)
13
–
5

–
–

(265)
(25)

(1,841)
(25)
8
168

10
–

(1,680)
(53)

–

–

(290)

(1,733)

Balance at September 1, 2016
Recognized in statement of income
Recognized in discontinued operations
Recognized on ViaWest divestiture
Recognized in other comprehensive income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Actuarial gains/losses

Balance at August 31, 2017
Recognized in statement of income
Recognized in other comprehensive income:

Actuarial gains/losses

Balance at August 31, 2018

Partnership
income
$

Non-capital
loss
carry-
forwards
$

Accrued
charges
$

56
(17)
–
–

–
–

39
(10)

–

29

120
(1)
2
(76)

(4)
–

41
–

–

41

Total
$

(1,908)
(39)
4
89

6
(6)

(1,854)
(6)

40
(9)
(6)
(8)

–
(6)

11
82

(30)

63

(30)

(1,890)

The Company has capital loss carryforwards of approximately $15 for which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized
in the accounts. These capital losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company has non-capital loss carryforwards of approximately $593 for which no deferred income tax asset has been
recognized in the accounts. The balance expires in varying annual amounts from 2034 to 2038.

110

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

The Company has taxable temporary differences associated with its investment in its subsidiaries. No deferred tax liabilities
have been provided with respect to such temporary differences as the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal and
such reversal is not probable in the foreseeable future.

The income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory rates to income before income taxes for
the following reasons:

Current statutory income tax rate

Income tax expense at current statutory rates
Net increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

Effect of tax rate changes
Equity (income) loss of an associate not recognized
Other

Income tax expense

2018
$

2017
$

26.8% 26.7%

56

197

28
54
5

(5)
(20)
9

143

181

The statutory income tax rate for the Company increased from 26.7% in 2017 to 26.8% in 2018 as a result of provincial tax
rate changes.

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

Current income tax expense
Deferred tax expense (recovery) related to temporary differences
Deferred tax expense (recovery) from tax rate changes

Income tax expense

2018
$

2017
$

137
(22)
28

142
44
(5)

143

181

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

111

25. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s chief operating decision makers are the Chief Executive Officer, President and Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial & Corporate Development Officer and they review the operating performance of the Company by segments, which are
comprised of Wireline and Wireless. As a result of the restructuring undertaken in 2017, the Company reorganized and
integrated its management structure, previously separated in the Consumer and Business Network Services segments, into a
combined Wireline segment, as costs were becoming increasingly inseparable between these segments. There was no change to
the Wireless operating segment. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of
significant accounting policies. The chief operating decision makers utilize operating income before restructuring costs and
amortization for each segment as a key measure in making operating decisions and assessing performance.

The Wireline segment provides Cable telecommunications services including Video, Internet, Wi-Fi, Phone, Satellite Video and
data networking through a national fibre-optic backbone network to Canadian consumers, North American businesses and
public-sector entities. The Wireless segment provides wireless services for voice and data communications serving customers in
Ontario, British Columbia and Alberta.

The previously reported Business Infrastructure Services segment was comprised primarily of the ViaWest operations and as a
result, the majority of this segment is now reported in discontinued operations. The remaining operations and their results are
now included within the Wireline segment.

Both of the Company’s reportable segments are substantially located in Canada. Information on operations by segment is as
follows:

Revenue
Wireline
Wireless

Service
Equipment

Intersegment eliminations

Operating income before restructuring costs and amortization
Wireline
Wireless

Restructuring costs (1)
Amortization (1)

Operating income

Interest (1)
Operating
Other/non-operating

Current taxes (1)
Operating
Other/non-operating

(1) The Company does not report restructuring costs, amortization, interest or cash taxes on a segmented basis.

112

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

2018
$

2017
$

4,292 4,280

595
356

951

482
123

605

5,243 4,885
(3)

(4)

5,239 4,882

1,913 1,864
133

176

2,089 1,997
(54)
(944)

(446)
(1,012)

631

999

247
1

248

265
2

267

166
(29)

174
(32)

137

142

Capital expenditures

Capital expenditures accrual basis
Wireline
Wireless

Equipment costs (net of revenue)
Wireline

Capital expenditures and equipment costs (net)
Wireline
Wireless

Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Additions to equipment costs (net)
Additions to other intangibles

Total of capital expenditures and equipment costs (net) per Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Increase (decrease) in working capital and other liabilities related to capital expenditures
Decrease in customer equipment financing receivables
Less: Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Total capital expenditures and equipment costs (net) reported by segments

2018
$

2017
$

970
343

890
255

1,313 1,145

54

80

1,024
343

970
255

1,367 1,225

1,127
49
131

999
73
111

1,307 1,183
35
7
–

65
4
(9)

1,367 1,225

26. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

(i) The Company owns and leases Ku-band and C-band transponders on the Anik F1R, Anik F2 and Anik G1 satellites. As part
of the Ku-band transponder agreements with Telesat Canada, the Company is committed to paying annual transponder
maintenance and licence fees for each transponder from the time the satellite becomes operational for a period of 15 years.

(ii) The Company has various long-term operating commitments as follows:

2019
2020 – 2023
Thereafter

Comprised of:

Lease of transmission facilities, circuits and premises
Lease and maintenance of transponders
Purchase obligations

$

579
783
238

1,600

$

604
351
645

1,600

Included in operating, general and administrative expenses are transponder maintenance expenses of $84 (2017 – $78) and
rental expenses of $153 (2017 – $183), of which $nil (2017 – $26) has been recorded in the results of discontinued
operations.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

113

(iii) At August 31, 2018, the Company had capital expenditure commitments in the normal course of business of $220 in
respect of fiscal 2019 and 2020.

Contingencies

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation matters arising in the ordinary course and conduct of its business.
Although resolution of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not consider the Company’s exposure
to litigation to be material to these consolidated financial statements.

Guarantees

In the normal course of business the Company enters into indemnification agreements and has issued irrevocable standby
letters of credit and commercial surety bonds with and to third parties.

Indemnities

Many agreements related to acquisitions and dispositions of business assets include indemnification provisions where the
Company may be required to make payment to a vendor or purchaser for breach of contractual terms of the agreement with
respect to matters such as litigation, income taxes payable or refundable or other ongoing disputes. The indemnification period
usually covers a period of two to four years. Also, in the normal course of business, the Company has provided indemnifications
in various commercial agreements, customary for the telecommunications industry, which may require payment by the Company
for breach of contractual terms of the agreement. Counterparties to these agreements provide the Company with comparable
indemnifications. The indemnification period generally covers, at maximum, the period of the applicable agreement plus the
applicable limitations period under law.

The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company would be required to make under these indemnification
agreements is not reasonably quantifiable as certain indemnifications are not subject to limitation. However, the Company
enters into indemnification agreements only when an assessment of the business circumstances would indicate that the risk of
loss is remote. At August 31, 2018, management believes it is remote that the indemnification provisions would require any
material cash payment.

The Company indemnifies its directors and officers against any and all claims or losses reasonably incurred in the performance
of their service to the Company to the extent permitted by law.

Irrevocable standby letters of credit and commercial surety bonds

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have granted irrevocable standby letters of credit and commercial surety bonds,
issued by high rated financial institutions, to third parties to indemnify them in the event the Company does not perform its
contractual obligations. As of August 31, 2018, the guarantee instruments amounted to $5. The Company has not recorded any
additional liability with respect to these guarantees, as the Company does not expect to make any payments in excess of what is
recorded on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The guarantee instruments mature at various dates during fiscal
2019 and fiscal 2020.

114

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

27. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined contribution pension plans

The Company has defined contribution pension plans for its non-union employees and, for the majority of these employees,
contributes 5% of eligible earnings to the maximum amount deductible under the Income Tax Act. For union employees, the
Company contributes amounts up to 9.8% of earnings to the individuals’ registered retirement savings plans. Total pension
costs in respect of these plans were $32 (2017 – $35) of which $21 (2017 – $23) was expensed and the remainder
capitalized.

Defined benefit pension plans

The Company has two non-registered retirement plans for designated executives and senior executives. The following is a
summary of the accrued benefit liabilities recognized in the statement of financial position.

Non-registered plans

Accrued benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

Accrued benefit liabilities and deficit

2018
$

2017
$

446
436

532
433

10

99

The plans expose the Company to a number of risks, of which the most significant are as follows:

(i) Volatility in market conditions: The accrued benefit obligations are calculated using discount rates with reference to bond
yields closely matching the term of the estimated cash flows while many of the assets are invested in other types of assets. If
plan assets underperform these yields, this will result in a deficit. Changing market conditions in conjunction with discount rate
volatility will result in volatility of the accrued benefit liabilities. To minimize some of the investment risk, the Company has
established long-term funding targets where the time horizon and risk tolerance are specified.

(ii) Selection of accounting assumptions: The calculation of the accrued benefit obligations involves projecting future cash flows
of the plans over a long time frame. This means that assumptions used can have a material impact on the statements of
financial position and comprehensive income because in practice, future experience of the plans may not be in line with the
selected assumptions.

Non-registered pension plans

The Company provides a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for certain of its senior executives. Benefits under
this plan are based on the employees’ length of service and their highest three-year average rate of eligible pensionable earnings
during their years of service. In 2012, the Company closed the plan to new participants and amended the plan to freeze base
salary levels at August 31, 2012 for purposes of determining eligible pensionable earnings. Employees are not required to
contribute to this plan.

The Company provides an executive retirement plan (“ERP”) for certain executives not covered by the SERP. Benefits under
this plan are comprised of defined contribution and defined benefit components and are based on the employees’ length of
service as well as final average earnings during their years of service. Employees are not required to contribute to this plan.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

115

The table below shows the change in benefit obligation and funding status and the fair value of plan assets.

Accrued benefit obligation, beginning of year
Current service cost
Interest cost
Payment of benefits to employees
Transfer from DC plan
Remeasurements:

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions
Effect of changes in financial assumptions
Effect of experience adjustments (1)

Accrued benefit obligation, end of year

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
Employer contributions
Interest income
Transfer from DC plan
Payment of benefits
Return on plan assets, excluding interest income

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

SERP
$

ERP
$

518
6
17
(18)
–

(5)
–
(89)

14
8
1
(7)
3

–
–
(2)

SERP
$

ERP
$

553
7
19
(20)

10
4
–
–

2017
Total
$

563
11
19
(20)

2018
Total
$

532
14
18
(25)
3

(5)
–
(91)

(2)
(41)
2

–
–
–

(2)
(41)
2

429

17

446

518

14

532

420
–
15
–
(18)
4

13
5
1
3
(7)
–

433
5
16
3
(25)
4

432
–
16

(20)
(8)

6
7
–

–
–

438
7
16

(20)
(8)

421

15

436

420

13

433

Accrued benefit liability and plan deficit, end of year

8

2

10

98

1

99

(1) In the second quarter of the fiscal year, a remeasurement related to the effect of experience adjustments of $85 was
recognized to reflect the decrease in the accrued benefit obligation due to demographic experience in the quarter.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation of the SERP and ERP at August 31, 2018 is 16.1 years and
21.5 years, respectively.

The underlying plan assets of the SERP and ERP at August 31, 2018 are invested in the following:

Cash and cash equivalents
Fixed income securities
Equity securities – Canadian
Equity securities – Foreign

SERP
$

ERP
$

213
78
41
89

421

13
1
–
1

15

All fixed income and equity securities have a quoted price in active market.

The tables below show the significant weighted-average assumptions used to measure the pension obligation and cost for the
plans.

Accrued benefit obligation

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

2018
SERP
%

2018
ERP
%

2017
SERP
%

2017
ERP
%

3.70
3.70
3.00(1) 3.00

3.70
3.70
3.00(1) 3.00

116

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Benefit cost for the year

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

2018
SERP
%

2018
ERP
%

2017
SERP
%

2017
ERP
%

3.70
3.70
3.00(1) 3.00

3.50
3.50
5.00(1) 3.00

(1) Applies only to incentive compensation component of eligible pensionable earnings.

The calculation of the accrued benefit obligation is sensitive to the assumptions above. A one percentage point decrease in the
discount rate would have increased the accrued benefit obligation at August 31, 2018 by $73. A one percentage point increase
in the rate of compensation increase would have increased the accrued benefit obligation by $12.

When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions, the present value of the
defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected benefit method which is the same method that is applied in
calculating the defined benefit liability recognized in the statement of financial position. The sensitivity analysis presented
above may not be representative of the actual change in the accrued benefit obligation as it is unlikely that the change in
assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some assumptions may be correlated.

The net pension benefit plan expense, which is included in employee salaries and benefits expense, is comprised of the
following components:

Current service cost
Interest cost
Interest income

Pension expense

Other benefit plans

SERP
$

ERP
$

6
17
(15)

8

8
1
(1)

8

2018
Total
$

14
18
(16)

16

SERP
$

ERP
$

7
19
(16)

10

4
–
–

4

2017
Total
$

11
19
(16)

14

The Company has post-employment benefits plans that provide post-retirement health and life insurance coverage to certain
executive level retirees and are funded on a pay-as-you-go basis. The table below shows the change in the accrued post-
retirement obligation which is recognized in the statement of financial position.

Accrued benefit obligation and plan deficit, beginning of year
Current service cost
Interest cost
Payment of benefits to employees
Remeasurements:

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions

Accrued benefit obligation and plan deficit, end of year

2018
$

2017
$

4
–
–
–

(1)

3

4
–
–
–

–

4

The weighted average duration of the benefit obligation at August 31, 2018 is 17.0 years.

The post-retirement benefit plan expense, which is included in employee salaries and benefits expense, is $nil (2017 – $nil)
and is comprised of current service and interest cost.

The discount rates used to measure the post-retirement benefit cost for the year and the accrued benefit obligation as at
August 31, 2018 were 3.80% and 3.70%, respectively (2017 – 3.60% and 3.80%, respectively). A one percentage point
decrease in the discount rate would have increased the accrued benefit obligation at August 31, 2018 by $1.

Employer contributions

The Company’s estimated contributions to the defined benefit plans in fiscal 2019 is $1.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

117

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Controlling shareholder

The majority of the Class A Shares are held by the Shaw Family Living Trust (“SFLT”). The sole trustee of SFLT is a private
company owned by JR Shaw and having a board comprised of seven directors, including JR Shaw as chair, Bradley S. Shaw,
four other members of his family, and one independent director. JR Shaw and members of his family are represented as
Directors, Senior Executive and Corporate Officers of the Company.

Significant investments in subsidiaries

The following are the significant subsidiaries of the Company, all of which are incorporated or partnerships in Canada.

Shaw Cablesystems Limited
Shaw Cablesystems G.P.
Shaw Cablesystems (VCI) Ltd.
Shaw Envision Inc.
Shaw Telecom Inc.
Shaw Telecom G.P.
Shaw Satellite Services Inc.
Star Choice Television Network Incorporated
Shaw Satellite G.P.
Freedom Mobile Inc.

Ownership Interest

August 31,
2018

August 31,
2017

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Key management personnel and Board of Directors

Key management personnel consist of the most senior executive team and along with the Board of Directors, and have the
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company.

Compensation

The compensation expense of key management personnel and Board of Directors is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment pension benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based compensation

Transactions

2018
$

2017
$

25
8
7
4

44

31
9
–
5

45

The Company paid $2 (2017 – $2) for collection, installation and maintenance services to a company controlled by a Director
of the Company.

During the year, the Company paid $12 (2017 – $11) for remote control units to a supplier where Directors of the Company
hold positions on the supplier’s board of directors.

During the year, network fees of $26 (2017 – $20) were paid to a programmer where a Director of the Company holds a
position on the programmer’s board of directors.

At August 31, 2018, the Company had $4 owing in respect of these transactions (2017 – $4).

118

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

Other related parties

The Company has entered into certain transactions and agreements in the normal course of business with certain of its related
parties. These transactions are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed
to by the related parties.

Corus

The Company and Corus are subject to common voting control. During the year, network fees of $133 (2017 – $135),
advertising fees of $4 (2017 – $8), programming fees of $2 (2017 – $1), and administrative fees of $2 (2017 – $1) were paid
to various Corus subsidiaries and entities subject to significant influence. In addition, the Company provided administrative,
advertising and other services for $5 (2017 – $7), uplink of television signals for $8 (2017 – $8), and Internet services and
lease of circuits for $1 (2017 – $1). At August 31, 2018, the Company had a net of $13 owing in respect of these transactions
(2017 – $24).

The Company provided Corus with advertising spots in return for radio and television advertising. No monetary consideration was
exchanged for these transactions and no amounts were recorded in the accounts.

Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership

During the year, the Company paid $12 (2017 – $13) to the Partnership for lease of office space in Shaw Tower. Shaw Tower,
located in Vancouver, BC, is the Company’s headquarters for its lower mainland operations. At August 31, 2018, the Company
had a remaining commitment of $64 in respect of the office space lease which is included in the amounts disclosed in
note 26.

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair values

The fair value of financial instruments has been determined as follows:

(i) Current assets and current liabilities

The fair value of financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities approximates their carrying value due to
their short-term nature.

(ii) Investments and other assets and Other long-term assets

The fair value of publicly traded investments is determined by quoted market prices. Investments in private entities which do
not have quoted market prices in an active market and whose fair value cannot be readily measured are carried at cost. No
published market exists for such investments. These equity investments have been made as they are considered to have the
potential to provide future benefit to the Company and accordingly, the Company has no current intention to dispose of these
investments in the near term. The fair value of long-term receivables approximates their carrying value as they are recorded at
the net present values of their future cash flows, using an appropriate discount rate.

(iii) Long-term debt

The carrying value of long-term debt is at amortized cost based on the initial fair value as determined at the time of issuance.
The fair value of publicly traded notes is based upon current trading values. The fair value of finance lease obligations is
determined by discounting future cash flows using a rate for loans with similar terms, conditions and maturity dates. The
carrying value of bank credit facilities approximates fair value as the debt bears interest at rates that fluctuate with market
rates. Other notes and debentures are valued based upon current trading values for similar instruments.

(iv) Derivative financial instruments

The fair value of US currency forward purchase contracts is determined using an estimated credit-adjusted mark-to-market
valuation using observable forward exchange rates at the end of reporting periods and contract forward rates.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

119

The carrying values and estimated fair values of an investment in a publicly traded company and long-term debt are as follows:

Assets
Investment in publicly traded company (1)
Liabilities
Long-term debt (2)

August 31, 2018

August 31, 2017

Carrying
value
$

Estimated
fair value
$

Carrying
value
$

Estimated
fair value
$

615

298

897

1,109

4,311

4,788

4,300

4,901

(1) Level 1 fair value – determined by quoted market prices.
(2) Level 2 fair value – determined by valuation techniques using inputs based on observable market data, either directly or

indirectly, other than quoted prices.

Risk management

The Company is exposed to various market risks including currency risk and interest rate risk, as well as credit risk and liquidity
risk associated with financial assets and liabilities. The Company has designed and implemented various risk management
strategies, discussed further below, to ensure the exposure to these risks is consistent with its risk tolerance and business
objectives.

Marketrisk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market
prices, including foreign exchange and interest rates, the Company’s share price and market price of publicly traded
investments.

Currencyrisk

Certain of the Company’s capital expenditures and equipment costs are incurred in US dollars, while its revenue is primarily
denominated in Canadian dollars. Decreases in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the US dollar could have an adverse
effect on the Company’s cash flows. To mitigate some of the uncertainty in respect to capital expenditures and equipment
costs, the Company regularly enters into forward contracts in respect of US dollar commitments. With respect to 2018, the
Company entered into forward contracts to purchase US $182 over a period of 24 months commencing in September 2017 at
an average exchange rate of 1.3031 Cdn. At August 31, 2018 the Company had forward contracts to purchase US $96 over a
period of 12 months commencing September 2018 at an average exchange rate of 1.2915 Cdn in respect of US dollar
commitments.

Interestraterisk

Due to the capital-intensive nature of its operations, the Company utilizes long-term financing extensively in its capital
structure. The primary components of this structure are a banking facility and various Canadian senior notes with varying
maturities issued in the public markets as more fully described in Note 14.

Interest on the Company’s unsecured banking facility is based on floating rates, while the senior notes are fixed-rate obligations.
The Company utilizes its credit facility to finance day-to-day operations and, depending on market conditions, periodically
converts the bank loans to fixed-rate instruments through public market debt issues. As at August 31, 2018, 100% of the
Company’s consolidated long-term debt was fixed with respect to interest rates.

Sensitivityanalysis

The sensitivity to currency risk has been determined based on a hypothetical change in Canadian dollar to US dollar foreign
exchange rates of 10%. Foreign exchange forward contracts would be impacted by this hypothetical change resulting in a
change to other comprehensive income by $9 net of tax (2017 – $17). A portion of the Company’s accounts receivables and
accounts payable and accrued liabilities is denominated in US dollars; however, due to their short-term nature, there is no
significant market risk arising from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

Interest on the Company’s banking facility is based on floating rates. As at August 31, 2018 there is no significant market risk
arising from interest rate fluctuations within a reasonably contemplated range from their actual amounts.

120

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

At August 31, 2018, a one dollar change in the Company’s Class B Non-Voting Shares would have had an impact on net
income of $1 in respect of the Company’s DSU and RSU plans.

Creditrisk

Accounts receivable in respect of the Consumer, Business and Wireless divisions are not subject to any significant
concentrations of credit risk due to the Company’s large and diverse customer base. As at August 31, 2018, the Company had
accounts receivable of $255 (August 31, 2017 – $286), net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $57
(August 31, 2017 – $48). The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated losses resulting from
the inability of its customers to make required payments. In determining the allowance, the Company considers factors such as
the number of days the customer account is past due, whether or not the customer continues to receive service, the Company’s
past collection history and changes in business circumstances. As at August 31, 2018, $123 (August 31, 2017 – $94) of
accounts receivable is considered to be past due, defined as amounts outstanding past normal credit terms and conditions.
Uncollectible accounts receivable are charged against the allowance account based on the age of the account and payment
history. The Company believes that its allowance for doubtful accounts is sufficient to reflect the related credit risk.

The Company mitigates credit risk of subscriber receivables through advance billing and procedures to downgrade or suspend
services on accounts that have exceeded agreed credit terms and routinely assesses the financial strength of its business
customers through periodic review of payment practices.

Credit risks associated with US currency contracts arise from the inability of counterparties to meet the terms of the contracts.
In the event of non-performance by the counterparties, the Company’s accounting loss would be limited to the net amount that
it would be entitled to receive under the contracts and agreements. In order to minimize the risk of counterparty default under
its swap agreements, the Company assesses the creditworthiness of its swap counterparties.

Liquidityrisk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will experience difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial
liabilities. The Company manages its liquidity risk by monitoring cash flow generated from operations, available borrowing
capacity, and by managing the maturity profiles of its long-term debt.

The Company’s undiscounted contractual maturities as at August 31, 2018 are as follows:

Within one year
1 to 3 years
3 to 5 years
Over 5 years

(1) Includes accrued interest and dividends of $227.

Short-term
borrowings
$

Accounts
payable and
accrued
liabilities(1)
$

Long-term
debt
repayable at
maturity
$

Interest
payments
$

40
–
–
–

40

971
–
–
–

971

1
2,052
2
2,295

4,350

241
322
266
1,636

2,465

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

121

30. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Additional disclosures with respect to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are as follows:

(i) Funds flow from continuing operations

Net income from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net income to funds flow from operations:
Amortization
Deferred income tax recovery
Share-based compensation
Defined benefit pension plans
Accretion of long-term liabilities and provisions
Equity (income) loss of an associate or joint venture
Provision for investment loss
Other
Funds flow from continuing operations

(ii) Interest and income taxes paid and interest received and classified as operating activities are as follows:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid (net of refunds)
Interest received

(iii) Non-cash transactions

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows exclude the following non-cash transactions:

Issuance of Class B Non-Voting Shares:
Dividend reinvestment plan (note 20)

2018
$

2017
$

66

557

1,015
6
3
11
(5)
200
–
(37)

946
39
3
8
(1)
(73)
82
(31)
1,259 1,530

2018
$

2017
$

239
155
4

271
220
3

2018
$

2017
$

211

198

122

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report

31. CAPITAL STRUCTURE MANAGEMENT

The Company’s objectives when managing capital are:

(i) to maintain a capital structure which optimizes the cost of capital, provides flexibility and diversity of funding sources and
timing of debt maturities, and adequate anticipated liquidity for organic growth and strategic acquisitions;

(ii) to maintain compliance with debt covenants; and

(iii) to manage a strong and efficient capital base to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence.

The Company defines capital as comprising all components of shareholders’ equity (other than non-controlling interests and
amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income/loss), long-term debt (including the current portion thereof), short-term
borrowings and bank indebtedness less cash and cash equivalents.

Cash
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt repayable at maturity
Share capital
Contributed surplus
Retained earnings

2018
$

(384)
40
4,350
4,349
27
1,619

2017
$

(507)
–
4,342
4,090
30
2,164

10,001 10,119

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk
characteristics of underlying assets. The Company may also from time to time change or adjust its objectives when managing
capital in light of the Company’s business circumstances, strategic opportunities, or the relative importance of competing
objectives as determined by the Company. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to meet or maintain its currently
stated objectives.

The Company’s credit facilities are subject to covenants which include maintaining minimum or maximum financial ratios,
including total debt to operating cash flow/adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and
operating cash flow to fixed charges. At August 31, 2018, the Company is in compliance with these covenants and based on
current business plans and economic conditions, the Company is not aware of any condition or event that would give rise to
non-compliance with the covenants.

The Company’s overall capital structure management strategy remains unchanged from the prior year.

32. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On November 2, 2018 the Company issued $1 billion of senior notes, comprised of $500 million principal amount of 3.80%
senior notes due 2023 and $500 million principal amount of 4.40% senior notes due 2028. Estimated net proceeds (after
issuance at a discount of $1.4 million and issue and underwriting expenses) of $994 million will be used for general corporate
purposes, which may include the repayment of outstanding indebtedness of the Company. Pending any such use of net
proceeds, the Company may invest the net proceeds in bank deposits and short-term marketable securities.

On November 21, 2018, the Company amended the terms of its bank credit facility to extend the maturity date to
December 2023.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.

123

CORPORATE OFFICE
Shaw Communications Inc.
Suite 900, 630 – 3rd Avenue S.W.
Calgary, Alberta
Canada T2P 4L4
Phone: (403) 750-4500
Website: www.shaw.ca

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information concerning Shaw’s
corporate governance policies is
contained in the Information
Circular and is also available on
Shaw’s website, www.shaw.ca.

Information concerning Shaw’s
compliance with the corporate
governance listing standards of the
New York Stock Exchange is
available in the investors section
on Shaw’s website, www.shaw.ca.

INTERNET HOME PAGE
Shaw’s Annual Report, Annual
Information Form, Quarterly
Reports, Press Releases and other
relevant investor information are
available electronically on the
Internet at www.shaw.ca.

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP

PRIMARY BANKER
The Toronto-Dominion Bank

TRANSFER AGENTS
AST Trust Company,
600 The Dome Tower
333 – 7th Avenue SW
Calgary, Alberta, T2P 2Z1
Phone: 1-800-387-0825

DEBENTURE TRUSTEE
Computershare Trust
Company of Canada
100 University Avenue,
9th Floor
Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2Y1
Phone : 1-800-564-6253

FURTHER INFORMATION
Financial analysts, portfolio
managers, other investors and
interested parties may contact the
Company at (403) 750-4500 or
visit Shaw’s website at
www.shaw.ca for further
information.

To receive additional copies of this
Annual Report, please fax your
request to (403) 750-7469 or
email investor.relations@sjrb.ca.

All trademarks used in this annual
report are used with the
permission of the owners of such
trademarks.

Corporate Information

DIRECTORS

SENIOR OFFICERS

JR Shaw
Executive Chair

Bradley S. Shaw
Chief Executive Officer

Jay Mehr
President

Trevor English
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial & Corporate
Development Officer

Peter Johnson
Executive Vice President, Chief
Legal and Regulatory Officer

Dan Markou
Executive Vice President, Chief
People and Culture Officer

Zoran Stakic
Chief Operating Officer & Chief
Technology Officer

Katherine Emberly
President, Business, Brand
Marketing & Communications

Paul McAleese
President, Wireless

Janice Davis
Executive Vice President, Business
Transformation

JR Shaw(4)
Executive Chair
Shaw Communications Inc.

Peter J. Bissonnette
Corporate Director

Adrian L. Burns(3) (4)
Corporate Director

Christy Clark
Corporate Director

Dr. Richard R. Green(1)
Corporate Director

Dr. Lynda Haverstock (2)
Corporate Director

Gregory John Keating(2)
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
Altimax Venture Capital

Michael W. O’Brien(1) (4)
Corporate Director

Paul K. Pew(3) (4)
Co-Founder and Co-CEO
G3 Capital Corp.

Jeffrey C. Royer(1)
Private Investor

Bradley S. Shaw(4)
Chief Executive Officer
Shaw Communications Inc.

Mike Sievert
President, Chief Operating Officer
and Director of T-Mobile

JC Sparkman(2) (4)
Corporate Director

Carl E. Vogel(3)
Private Investor; Senior Advisor to
DISH Network

Sheila C. Weatherill(3)
Corporate Director

Willard (Bill) H. Yuill(2)
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
The Monarch Corporation

(1) Audit Committee
(2) Human Resources and Compensation

Committee

(3) Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee

(4) Executive Committee

124

Shaw Communications Inc. 2018 Annual Report